US Technical Catalog | December 2016 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA Molded case circuit breakers up to 250A at 600V AC/DC for UL 489 and CSA C22.2 standards - Simply XTraordinary Table of contents 1 Main characteristics 2 The ranges 3 Accessories Characteristic curves and technical information 4 5 Approximate dimensions 6 Wiring diagrams 7 Ordering information 8 Glossary US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA SACE Tmax XT. Simply XTraordinary. ABB SACE presents the result of a long and intense research and development project: the SACE Tmax XT - ABB SACE's newest family of molded case circuit breakers. 2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Today, a highly advanced range of circuit breakers has been introduced, with unparalleled versatility of use and the ability to solve all installation problems brilliantly. You can find the new SACE Tmax XT in three-pole and fourpole, fixed, plug-in and withdrawable versions. They are fitted with the latest generation of thermal magnetic and electronic trip units. They set a new technological standard and provide the freedom to build installations with extraordinary performances. An extraordinary demonstration of ABB SACE's innovation capability. - - Extraordinary electronics. - - Extraordinary coverage of all plant requirements. - - Extraordinary performance in compact dimensions. - - Extraordinary simplicity of installation and putting into service. - - Extraordinary range of accessories. SACE Tmax XT. Simply XTraordinary. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3 SACE Tmax XT. Simply XTraordinary. XTraordinary productivity through installation simplicity. XTraordinary efficiency for simplified system design and inventory reduction. 4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Tmax XT molded case circuit breakers offers extraordinary flexibility and completeness of range to simplify system designs and reduce inventory and procurement costs. With current ratings up to 250A and a voltage rating of 600V, both alternating (AC) and direct (DC) current in the same breaker. This combined with extended breaking capacities, up to 200kA, gives SACE Tmax XT molded case circuit breakers the ability to cover a full range of applications.. For the most cost effective solution, the Tmax XT1 and XT3 provide the ability to purchase only what you need without paying for extra bells and whistles. They offer a thermal magnetic trip unit up to 225A and breaking capacities up to 100kA. Tmax XT2 and XT4 offer an extraordinary range of trip unit flexibility with adjustable thermal magnetic trip units with an adjustment range of 70%. They also offer a full line of electronic trip units with multiple fault protection options and up to 40% adjustability range. Finally, to ensure your design will fit customer requirements around the globe, the Tmax XT is globally certified UL/CSA/IEC with a wide range of naval registrations and much more. SACE Tmax XT. XTreme productivity and efficiency. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5 SACE Tmax XT. Simply XTraordinary. Welcome extraordinary reliability through high-performing and versatile range of electronic trip units. Ekip: the newest generation electronic trip units which equip the frames of SACE Tmax XT2 and SACE Tmax XT4 circuit breakers . 6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Ekip trip units guarantee absolute tripping reliability and precision. Apart from the continuous green LED, which indicates correct operation of the protection trip unit, all the Ekip trip units also have an LED to signal intervention of all the protection functions. To allow the Ekip units to communicate and exchange information with the other devices, the Ekip Com module can be inserted inside the circuit breaker, freeing space inside the electric panel. All the Ekip trip units can be fitted with a vast range of dedicated accessories. The main accessories include: - Ekip Display applied onto the front of the electronic trip unit for simpler setting and for better reading of information - Ekip LED Meter a device to be installed on the front of the trip unit to simplify current readings - Ekip TT new trip test unit - Ekip T&P extraordinary testing and programming unit Finally, for the first time an integrated energy metering function is available on the 250A frame Ekip: isn't all this simply XTraordinary? SACE Tmax XT. XTended technology. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7 Main characteristics Main characteristics 1/2 Regulations and reference standards 1/5 Identification of the SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers 1/6 Nomenclature of the trip units 1/7 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/1 1 Main characteristics 1 Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) XT1 Frame size [A] Rated 80% rated 100% rated TM up to 100A 100% rated Ekip - [No.] 3, 4 (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 (DC) [V] Poles Rated voltage Versions 125 500 Fixed, Plug-in Interrupting ratings N S H 240 V (AC) [kA] 50 65 100 480 V (AC) [kA] 25 35 65 600Y/347 V (AC) [kA] 18 22 25 600 V (AC) [kA] - - - 250 V (DC) 2 poles in series [kA] 35 42 50 500 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] - - - 500 V (DC) 4 poles in series [kA] 35 50 50 600 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] - - - [No. Operations] 25000 [No. Hourly operations] 240 Mechanical life Dimensions - Fixed (Width x Depth x Height) Weight Total opening time 3 poles [mm]/[in] [76,2 x 70 x 130] / [3 x 2.75 x 5.12] 4 poles [mm]/[in] [101,6 x 70 x 130] / [4 x 2.75 x 5.12] Fixed 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [1,1 - 2.43] / [1,4 - 3.07] Plug-in (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [2,21 - 4.87] / [2,82 - 6.22] Withdrawable (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] - CB with SOR [ms] 15 CB with UVR [ms] 15 Trip units for power distribution TMF TMA Ekip LS/I Ekip LSI Ekip LSIG Ekip E-LSIG Current Limiting circuit breaker in 480V AC and 600V AC (2) 2-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker with TMF; 4-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker from In=80 to In=250 with TMF (3) With F, EF, ES, FCCuAl installation (4) 100kA up to 150A, 65kA from 175A up to 250A (1) Motor protection (1) XT1 Frame size [A] Poles [No.] Rated service voltage 125 3 (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 (DC) 500 [V] Versions Fixed, Plug-in Rating level H Trip units for motor protection MA (MCP) Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) Ekip I (1) Available only as complete circuit breaker Molded case disconnect switches (MCS) XT1 Frame Size [A] Poles [No.] Rated voltage 600Y/347 (DC) 500 4p series / 3p CB up to 250V DC 2p series [V] Fixed, Plug-in Rating level 1/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 3, 4 (AC) 50-60Hz [V] Versions Magnetic Override 125 N [A] 1250 S H XT2 XT3 XT4 125 225 250 up to 100A fixed version only up to 250A (3) 3, 4 - up to 250A (3) 3, 4 2 (for N version) 3, 4 600 600Y/347 600 500 500 600 Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in 1 Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable N S H(1) L(1) V (1) X N S N S H(1) L(1) V (1) X 65 100 150 200 200 200 50 65 65 100 150 200 200 200 25 35 65 100 150 200 25 35 25 35 65 100 150 200 - - - - - - 10 10 - - - - - - 18 22 25 35 42 45 - - 18 22 25 50 65 100/65 35 50 65 75 85 85 25 35 35 42 50 85 100 - 35 50 65 75 85 85 25 35 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35 50 65 75 85 - 25000 25000 25000 240 240 240 [90 x 82,5 x 130] / [3.54 x 3.25 x 5.12] [105 x 70 x 150] / [4.13 x 2.75 x 5.90] [105 x 82,5 x 160] - [4.13 x 3.25 x 6.3] [120 x 82,5 x 130] / [4.72 x 3.25 x 5.12] [140 x 70 x 150] / [5.51 x 2.75 x 5.90] [140 x 82,5 x 160] - [5.51 x 3.25 x 6.3] [1,2 - 2.65] / [1,6 - 3.53] [1,7 - 3.37] / [2,1 - 4.63] [2,5 - 5.51] / [3,5 - 7.72] [2,54 - 5.60] / [3,27 - 7.21] [3,24 - 7.14] / [4,1 - 9.04] [4,19 - 9.24] / [5,52 - 12.17] [3,32 - 7.32] / [4,04 - 8.91] (4) [5 - 11.02] / [6,76 - 14.90] 15 15 15 15 15 15 XT2 XT3 XT4 125 225 250 3 3 3 600 600Y/347 600 500 500 600 Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable H S H XT2 XT3 XT4 125 225 250 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 600 600Y/347 600 500 3p series 500 3p series 600 3p series Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in N 1250 H L V N 2250 Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable S N S H L V 2500 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/3 Main characteristics The references in round brackets 1 (Gx.x) refer to the Glossary in the final chapter of the technical catalog. All circuit breakers in the SACE Tmax XT family are made with the following construction characteristics: Positive operation double insulation(G1.5); positive operation(G1.6); isolation behavior(G1.7); electromagnetic compatibility(G1.8); tropicalization(G1.9); impact and vibration resistance(G1.10); power supply from the top towards the bottom or vice versa, except for over 480V on XT2 and over 600V on XT4; installation versatility. Circuit breaker can be mounted in a horizontal or vertical position or laid flat without any derating of rated characteristics; no nominal performance derating for use up to an altitude of 2000m/6561ft. Above 2000m/6561ft, atmospheric properties (air composition, dielectric strength, cooling power and pressure) change, affecting the main parameters that define the circuit breaker. The table below shows changes to the main performance parameters: Installation positions Altitude 2000m/ 6561ft 3000m/ 9842ft 4000m/ 13123ft 5000m/ 16404ft Rated employ voltage, Ue [V AC] 600 528 468 408 Rated uninterrupted current % 100 98 93 90 SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers can be used in ambient temperatures between -25C/-13F and +70C/158F and stored in ambient temperatures between -40C/-40F and +70C/158F. For temperatures outside these ranges, see the "Temperature performance" paragraph of the "Typical curves and technical information" chapter; different degrees of IP (International Protection)(G 1.11)(2); 1SDC210A20F0001 Circuit-breaker With front Without front(1) With front for lever -FLD- With rotary handles With extended With high rotary handle and terminal accessory IP54 covers HTC With low terminal covers LTC A IP40 IP20 IP40 IP40 IP54 IP40 IP40 B IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP40 IP40 C NC NC NC NC NC IP40 IP30 During the installation of electrical accessories NC Not classifiable (2) IEC only (1) Protection degrees Accessories On Front Residual current devices Residual current from switchboard RCQ020 Automatic transfer switch ATS021 and ATS022 IP30 IP40 IP41 IP40 all circuit breakers in the XT family have a pushbutton for performing the release test. The circuit breaker must be closed, with no current, while the test is being performed. Test pushbutton 1/4 Motor operator MOD, MOE or MOE-E SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Regulations and reference standards Conformity with Standards 1 SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers and their accessories are constructed in conformity with: Standard(G6.1): - UL 489; - CSA C22.2 No. 5; - IEC 60947-2; Directives(G6.2): - EC "Low Voltage Directive" (LVD) N 2006/95/EC (replacing 73/23/EEC and subsequent amendments); - EC "Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive" (EMC) 2004/108/CE; Hologram Naval Registers(G6.3) (ask ABB SACE for the versions available): - ABS. Certification of conformity with the product Standards is carried out in the ABB SACE test laboratory (accredited by SINAL) in respect of the EN 45011 European Standard, by the Italian certification body ACAE (Association for Certification of Electrical Apparatus), member of the European LOVAG organization (Low Voltage Agreement Group) and by the Swedish certification body SEMKO belonging to the International IECEE organization. The SACE Tmax XT series has a hologram on the front, obtained using special anti-forgery techniques. This ensures the quality and authenticity of the circuit breaker as a genuine ABB SACE product. Naval Registers Company Quality System The ABB SACE Quality System conforms to the following Standards: ISO 9001 International Standard; EN ISO 9001 (equivalent) European Standards; UNI EN ISO 9001 (equivalent) Italian Standards; IRIS International Railway Industry Standard. The ABB SACE Quality System attained its first certification with the RINA certification body in 1990. Environmental management system, social responsibility and ethics For ABB SACE, environmental protection is a top priority, as evidenced when ours was the first industry in Italy's electromechanical sector to have obtained the RINA's Environmental Management System certification in recognition of the company's commitment in conformity with the International ISO 14001 Standard. In 1999, the Environmental Management System and the Occupational Health and Safety Management System were integrated according to the OHSAS 18001 Standard. In 2005, the SA 8000 (Social Accountability 8000) Standard was integrated, committing itself to respect business ethics and working conditions. Our commitment to environmental protection is solidified through: selection of materials, processes and packaging which mitigate the true environmental impact of the product; use of recyclable materials; voluntary adherence to the RoHS directive (G6.4). ISO 14001, 18001 and SA8000 recognitions together with ISO 9001 made it possible for ABB SACE to obtain RINA BEST FOUR CERTIFICATION. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/5 Identification of the SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers The specifications of each circuit breaker appear on the rating name plate on both the front and side of the unit. 1 Front label 1 4 3 6 5 9 7 13 8 14 2 Side label 1 15 16 XT1H 125 10 220 415 440 690 250 500 13 S/N IEC60947-2 Ue (V) 4 Icu (kA) Ics (%Icu) 100 70 75 50 65 10 70 70 50 50 75 75 Ue=690V AC Ui=800V Uimp=8kV f= 50-60 Hz CAUTION: 29X68X2.5 mm SPACING BARRIERS PROVIDED WITH THE CIRCUIT BREAKER MUST BE PLACED BETWEEN UPPER AND LOWER POLES OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND BETWEEN ADJACENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF THE SAME TYPE 10 11 12 DC WIRING DIAGRAMS 2 POLES 250VDC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1/6 4 POLES 251 TO 500VDC Name and performance level In: rated current Reference standard UL489/CSA22.2 Serial number UL marking CSA marking Anti-forgery logo Symbol of isolation behavior SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog CAUTION: THE INSTALLATION OF THE INSULATING BARRIER BETWEEN THE C.B AND THE BACK PLATE SHOULD BE PROVIDED WHEN THE C.B IS MOUNTED ON A FLAT NON-INSULATED METAL SURFACE 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Interrupting ratings Rated service voltage Rated insulation voltage Rated impulse withstand voltage CE marking Test pushbutton Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Rated short-circuit duty breaking capacity Nomenclature of the trip units The tables below outline the logic behind the naming of each thermal magnetic and electronic trip unit. 1 Magnetic trip units Family name Protection + A: with adjustable threshold Family name Protection TM: thermal magnetic + F: with fixed threshold A: with adjustable thermal and magnetic threshold M: magnetic Thermal magnetic trip units Example: MA: magnetic only trip unit, with adjustable protection threshold (MCP); TMF: thermal magnetic trip unit, with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic protection threshold; Electronic trip units Family name Application Protection Ekip ....: Distribution M: Motor protection E: Energy measurements I LS/I LSI LSIG LIU + + Example: Ekip LS/I: electronic trip unit for distribution networks protection, with "L" against overload and either "S" protection function against delay short circuit or "I" protection function against instantaneous short circuit; E kip M-LIU: electronic trip unit for motor protection, with LIU protection functions. Residual current protection devices(1) Family name Typology RC Inst: instantaneous type `A' Sel: selective type `A' Sel 200: selective type `A' reduced to 200mm B Type: selective type `B' (1) + IEC only US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/7 The ranges The ranges 2/2 Circuit breakers for power distribution Main characteristics 2/3 Thermal magnetic trip units 2/4 Electronic trip units 2/6 Circuit breakers for Main characteristics 2/13 Thermal magnetic trip units 2/14 Electronic trip units 2/15 Molded case switch disconnectors Main characteristics 2/16 Current limiting Electrical characteristics 2/17 Special applications Communication system 2/18 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/1 2 The ranges 2 The SACE Tmax XT molded case circuit breaker family for UL/CSA complies with different installation requirements. Circuit breakers are available with trip units dedicated to different applications, such as power distribution and motor protection. Molded case switch disconnectors are also available. In = Rated uninterrupted current(G2.2) [A] XT1 125 XT2 125 XT3 225 XT4 250 15...125 15...70 60...225 25...250 Power distribution Thermal magnetic trip units TMF TMA 80...125 80...250 Ekip LS/I 10...125 40...250 Ekip LSI 10...125 40...250 Ekip LSIG 10...125 40...250 Electronic trip units Ekip E-LSIG 40...250 Motor protection Magnetic trip units MA (MCP) 3...125 3...125 100...200 25...250 Electronic trip units Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) 25...100 40...150 Ekip I 10...125 40...250 Molded case switch disconnectors Standard n n n n Special applications Communication 2/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog n n Circuit breakers for power distribution Main characteristics SACE Tmax XT molded case circuit breakers are the ideal solution for all distribution levels, from the main low voltage switchboard to panelboards throughout the installation. They feature high specific let-through current peak and energylimiting characteristics that allow the circuits and equipment on the load side to be sized optimally. SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers with thermal magnetic and electronic trip units protect against overloads, short-circuits, ground faults and indirect contacts in low voltage distribution networks. The SACE Tmax XT family of molded case circuit breakers can be equipped with: thermal magnetic trip units (G3.2), for direct and alternating current network protection, using the physical properties of a bimetal and an electromagnet to detect overloads and shortcircuits; electronic trip units (G3.4), for alternating current network protection. Releases with microprocessor technology obtain protection functions that make the operations extremely reliable and accurate. The power required for operating them is supplied straight from the current sensors of the releases. This ensures they trip even in single-phase conditions at the minimum setting. The electronic protection trip unit consists of: - 3 or 4 current sensors (current transformers); - a protection unit; - an opening solenoid (built into the electronic trip unit). Characteristics of SACE Tmax XT Ekip Electronic trip units Operating temperature -25C/-13F...+70C/+158F Relative humidity 98% Self-supplied 0.2xIn (single phase)(1) Auxiliary supply (where applicable) 24V DC 20% Operating frequency 45...66Hz or 360...440Hz Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 60947-2 Annex F (1) For 10A: 0.4In Characteristics of circuit breakers for power distribution XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 Size (G2.1) [A] 125 125 225 250 Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 2 (1), 3, 4, (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600 (DC) [V] 500 500 500 600 Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Breaking capacities N Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable N S H(2) L(2) V(2) X Trip units Thermal magnetic Rated service voltage, Ue (G2.4) S H N S N S H(2) L(2) V(2) TMF [In A] TMA [In A] Thermal magnetic, Thermal magnetic Electronic 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 60, 70 100, 110, 125, 80, 90, 100, 110, 150, 175, 200, 125 225 - 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 - Ekip LS/I [In A] - 10, 25, 60, 100, 125 - 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250 Ekip I [In A] - 10, 25, 60, 100, 125 - 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250 Ekip LSI [In A] - 10, 25, 60, 100, 125 - 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250 Ekip LSIG [In A] - 10, 25, 60, 100, 125 - 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250 Ekip E-LSIG [In A] - - - 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250 (1) (2) (3) X Thermal magnetic, Electronic 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80(3), 90 (3), 100(3), 110 (3), 125 (3), 150 (3), 175(3), 200 (3), 225 (3), 250(3) XT4 2-pole version is available in the N breaking capacity only. XT2 and XT4 in the H, L and V breaking capacities are current limiting circuit breakers. Available in 3-pole and 2-poles (N) version only. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/3 2 Circuit breakers for power distribution Thermal magnetic trip units TMF 2 Main characteristics: available for XT1 and XT3 in the three-pole and four-pole versions; protections: - - against overload (L): fixed I1 = In protection threshold, with inverse long-time trip curve; -- against instantaneous short-circuits (I): fixed 10xIn protection threshold at 500A for In<50A and 10xIn for In50A, with instantaneous trip curve; Example with XT1 125A XT1 TMF I1 = 1xIn I3 = 10xIn In [A] 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 I1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 In [A] 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 I3 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1250 In [A] 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 XT3 TMF I1 = 1xIn I3 = 10xIn 2/4 I1 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 In [A] 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 I3 600 700 800 900 1000 1110 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog TMF/TMA Main characteristics: available for XT2 and XT4 in the two-pole (XT4 N version only) three-pole and four-pole versions, except where noted; protections: -- against overload (L): - - fixed protection threshold I1=In; - - adjustable protection threshold from 0.7...1xIn, with inverse long time trip curve; - - against instantaneous short-circuit (I): - - fixed protection threshold at I1=400A for In<40A and I1=10xIn for In40A; - - adjustable threshold between 5...10xIn; the thermal and magnetic protection settings on the TMA versions are made by turning the corresponding dials on the front of the release. Example with XT4 250A Rotary dial for magnetic protection setting Rotary dial for thermal protection setting XT2 TMF/TMA (1) In [A] 15 (1) 20(1) 25(1) 30(1) 35(1) 40(1) 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 I1 = 1xIn (TMF) I1 TMF 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 - - - - - I1 = 0.7...1xIn (TMA) I1 TMA - - - - - - - - - 56...80 63...90 70...100 77...110 87.5...125 In [A] 15 (1) 20(1) 25(1) 30(1) 35(1) 40(1) 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 I3 = 400A (TMF) I3 TMF 400 400 400 400 400 400 - - - - - - - - I3 = 10xIn (TMF) I3 TMF - - - - - - 500 600 700 - - - - - I3 = 5...10xIn (TMA) I3 TMA - - - - - - - - - 400...800 450...900 500...1000 550...1100 625...1250 Available as complete circuit breaker only. XT4 TMF/TMA (1) In [A] 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80(2) 90(2) 100(2) 110(2) 125(2) I1 = 1xIn (TMF) I 1 TMF 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 I1 = 0.7...1xIn (TMA) I 1 TMA - - - - - - - 56...80 63...90 70...100 77...110 87.5...125 In [A] 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80(2) 90(2) 100(2) 110(2) 125(2) I3 = 400A (TMF) I 3 TMF 400 400 400 400 - - - - - - - - I3 = 10xIn (TMF) I 3 TMF - - - - 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1250 I3 = 5...10xIn (TMA) I 3 TMA - - - - - - - 400...800 450...900 500...1000 550...1100 625...1250 Available as loose trip unit only. TMF/TMA (2) In [A] 150(1) 175(1) 200(1) 225(1) 250 I 1 = 1xIn (TMF) I 1 TMF 150 175 200 225 250 I 1 = 0.7...1xIn (TMA) I 1 TMA 105...150 122.5...175 140...200 157.5...225 175...250 In [A] 150(1) 175(1) 200(1) 225(1) 250 I 3 = 10xIn (TMF) I 3 TMF 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 I 3 = 5...10xIn (TMA) I 3 TMA 750...1500 875...1750 1000...2000 1125...2250 1250...2500 TMF version available in 3-pole and 2-pole (N) versions only. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/5 2 Circuit breakers for power distribution Electronic trip units Ekip LS/I 2 Main characteristics: available for XT2 and XT4 in the three-pole and four-pole versions; protections: - against overload (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve; - against short-circuit with delay (S): 1...10xIn adjustable protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve (as an alternative to I protection); - against instantaneous short-circuit (I): 1...10xIn adjustable protection threshold, with instantaneous trip curve (as an alternative to S protection); - of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers: - for In100A can be selected in the OFF or ON positions, 50%, 100% of the phases; - for In<100A, neutral protection is fixed at 100% of the phases and disabled by user; manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on the front of the trip unit, which allow the settings to be made even when the trip unit is off; LED: - LED with steady green light indicating that the trip unit is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current exceeds 0.2xIn; - red LED for each protection: - L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for current exceeding 0.9xI1; - L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current exceeding set threshold; - LS/I: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened, connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out which protection function tripped the trip unit; - Ekip LS/I is equipped with a trip coil disconnection detection device that detects whether the opening solenoid has disconnected. Signaling is made by all the red LEDs flashing simultaneously; test connector on the front of the release: - the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and signaling about the latest trip; - the Ekip T&P unit, allows the measurements to be read, the trip test to be conducted and the protection functions test to be carried out; thermal memory which can be activated by Ekip T&P; self-supply from 0.2xIn minimum current up. Dip switch for the trip curve selection Power-on LED Test connector L, S, I protection LED Slot for lead seal Dip switch to choose between S protection or I protection functions. Dip switch for LS/I protection function setting Ekip LS/I Protection function Against overloads with long inverse time delay trip and trip characteristic according to an inverse time curve (i2t=k) Against short-circuits with independent time delay (t=k) Against short-circuits with adjustable threshold and instantaneous trip time Tolerances in case of: - self-powered trip unit at full power; - 2- or 3-phase power supply. In conditions other than those stated, the following tolerances hold: (1) 2/6 Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Manual setting: I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.04 Manual setting: t1= 12-36s at I=3xI1 Tolerance: trip between 1.05...1.3 I1 Manual setting: I2=1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.56.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn Tolerance: 10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn t2= 0.1-0.2s Tolerance: 10% Manual setting: I3= 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.56.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn Excludability Relation Thermal memory - t = k/l2 Yes Tolerance: 15% Yes t=k - 20ms Yes t=k - Tolerance: 10% Protection L S I SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Trip threshold release between 1.05 and 1.3 x I1 10% 15% Trip time 20% 20% 60ms Ekip LSI and Ekip LSIG Main characteristics: available for XT2 and XT4 in three-pole and four-pole versions; protections: - against overloads (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve; - against short-circuits with delay (S): 1...10xIn adjustable protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve (short inverse time (t=k2) or independent time (t=k)); - against instantaneous short-circuits (I): 1...10xIn adjustable protection threshold, with instantaneous trip curve; - against ground faults (G): 0.2...1xIn adjustable protection threshold, with independent time trip curve; - of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers: - for In100A can be selected in OFF or ON, 50%, 100% of phases; - for In<100A neutral protection is fixed on 100% of phases and disabled by user; setting: - manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on the front of the trip unit, which allows the settings to be made even when the trip unit is off; - electronic setting, made both locally using the Ekip T&P or Ekip Display accessory and via remote control, by means of the Ekip Com unit; LED: - LED on with steady green light indicating that the trip unit is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current exceeds 0.2xIn; - red LED for each protection: - L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for current exceeding 0.9xI1; - L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current exceeding set threshold; - LSIG: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened, connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out which protection function tripped the trip unit; - the trip unit is equipped with a device that detects the eventual opening solenoid disconnection thanks to the simultaneous blinking of all the LED; test connector on the front of the release: - the Ekip TT trip test unit allows trip test, LED test and signaling about the latest trip; - the Ekip T&P unit allows measurements to be read, trip test to be conducted, protection functions test to be carried out, electronic setting of the trip unit's protection functions and communication parameters; thermal memory which can be activated by Ekip T&P or Ekip Display; self-supply from a minimum current of 0.2xIn up; the three-pole version can be accessorized with external neutral; with the addition of the Ekip Com in the circuit breaker, you can: - acquire and transmit a wide range of information via remote control; - command the circuit breaker to open and close by means of the motor operator in the electronic version (MOE-E); - know the state of the circuit breaker (open/closed/trip) via remote control; - set the configuration and program the unit, such as the current thresholds and the protection function curves. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/7 2 Circuit breakers for power distribution Electronic trip units Power-on LED L, S, I, G protection LED Slot for lead seal Test connector Dip switch for the S trip curves selection 2 Selection for manual or electronic setting Selection for remote or local setting Dip switch for LSIG protection function setting Dip switch for the trip curve selection Ekip LSI - Ekip LSIG Protection function Against overloads with long inverse time delay trip and trip characteristic according to an inverse time curve (i2t=k) Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Thermal memory Manual setting: I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.02 Manual setting: t1 =3-12-36-60s at I=3xI1 - t = k/l2 Yes - t = k/l2 Yes Yes t = k/l2 - Yes t = k/l2 - Yes t=k - Yes t=k - 40ms Yes t=k - 40ms Yes t=k - Yes t=k - Yes t=k - Tolerance: trip between 1.05...1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2) Electronic setting: I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.01 Tolerance: trip between 1.05...1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2) Against short-circuits with inverse short (t=k/I2) or independent (t=k) time delay trip Against short-circuits with adjustable threshold and instantaneous trip time Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Electronic setting: t1 = 3...60s at I=3xI1 step 0.5 Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Manual setting: I2 = 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.56.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn Manual setting: t2= 0.05-0.10-0.20-0.40s at10xIn Tolerance: 10% Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Electronic setting: I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1 Electronic setting: t2 = 0.05...0.40s at10xIn step 0.01 Tolerance: 10% Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Manual setting: I2 = 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.56.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn Manual setting: t2 =0.05-0.1-0.2-0.4s Tolerance: 10% Tolerance:15% t2>100ms 20% t2100ms Electronic setting: I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1 Electronic setting: t2 = 0.05...0.4s step 0.01 Tolerance: 10% Tolerance:15% t2>100ms 20% t2100ms Manual setting: I3 = 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.56.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn Tolerance: 10% Electronic setting: I3 = 1...10xIn step 0.1 Tolerance: 10% Manual setting: I4 = 0.2-0.25-0.45-0.55-0.75- 0.8- t4 = 0.1-0.2-0.4-0.8s 1xIn Tolerance: 15% Manual setting: Against ground fault with independent time delay trip(2) (1) Tolerances in case of: - self-powered trip unit at full power; - 2- or 3-phase power supply. In conditions other than those stated, the following tolerances hold: 2/8 Tolerance: 10% Electronic setting: I4 = 0.2...1xIn step 0.02 Electronic setting: t4 = 0.1...0.8s step 0.05 Tolerance: 10% Tolerance: 15% Protection L S I G SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Trip threshold release between 1.05 and 1.3 x I1 10% 15% 15% Trip time 20% 20% 60ms 20% (2) Protection G is inhibited for currents higher than 2 In. Ekip E-LSIG Main characteristics: available for XT4 in three-pole and four-pole versions; protections: - against overloads (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve; - against short-circuits with delay (S): 1...10xIn adjustable protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve; - against instantaneous short-circuits (I): 1...10xIn adjustable protection threshold, with instantaneous trip curve; - of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers; measurements: - available from 0.2xIn in Vaux mode and starting from 0.5xIn in self supply mode; external current or voltage transformers are not required. See table for ranges and accuracy; - Currents: three phases (L1, L2, L3), neutral (Ne) and ground fault; - Voltage: phase-phase, phase-neutral; - Power: active, reactive and apparent; - Power factor; - Frequency and peak factor; - Energy: active, reactive, apparent, counter; setting: - manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on the front of the trip unit, which allow the settings to be made even when the trip unit is off; - electronic setting, made both locally using Ekip T&P or Ekip Display accessory and via remote control, by means of the dialog unit Ekip Com. The electronic settings have a wider range and more regulation steps. Use of electronic setting allows other functions to be activated: - function for protection against ground faults (G): 0.2..1xIn adjustable protection threshold, with a time constant trip curve; - over voltage protection 0.5...0.95 Un with a time constant trip curve; - under voltage protection 1.05...1.2 Un with a time constant trip curve; LED: - LED on with steady green light indicating that the trip unit is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current exceeds 0.2xIn; - red LED for each protection: - L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for current exceeding 0.9xI1; - L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current exceeding set threshold; - fixed LED MAN/ELT shows the version of active parameters; - LSIG: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened, connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out which protection function tripped the trip unit; - the trip unit is equipped with a device that detects the opening solenoid disconnection. It is communicated by the simultaneous blinking of all the LEDs; test connector on the front of the release: - the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and signaling about the latest trip; - the Ekip T&P unit allows measurements to be read, trip test to be conducted, protection functions test to be carried out, electronic setting of the trip unit's protection functions and communication parameters; self-supply from a minimum current of 0.2xIn up; measurements starting from 0.5xIn; the three-pole version can be accessorized with external neutral current transformer and external neutral voltage connection kit; with the addition of Ekip Com in the circuit breaker, you can: - acquire and transmit a wide range of information via remote control; - command the circuit breaker to open and close by means of the motor operator in the electronic version (MOE-E); - know the circuit breaker's state (open/closed/trip) via remote control; - set the configuration and program the unit, such as the current thresholds and the protection function curves. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/9 2 Circuit breakers for power distribution Electronic trip units LED for electronic/manual setting L, S, I protection LED Power-on LED 2 Test connector Setting MAN/ELT Ekip E-LSIG Protection function Against overloads with long inverse time delay trip and trip characteristic according to an inverse time curve (i2t=k) Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Thermal memory Manual setting: I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.04 Manual setting: t1 =12-36s at I=3xI1 - t = k/l2 - - t = k/l2 - Yes t=k - Yes t = k/l2 - Yes t=k - 40ms Yes t=k - 40ms Yes t=k - Electronic setting: I4 = 0.2...1xIn step 0.02 Electronic setting: t4 = 0.1...0.8s step 0.05s Yes t=k - Tolerance: 10% Tolerance: 15% Electronic setting: U8 = 0.5...0.95xUn step=0.01xUn Electronic setting: t8 = 0.1...5s step 0.1s Yes t=k - Tolerance: 5% Tolerance: min (20% 100ms) Electronic setting: U9 = 1.05...1.2xUn step=0.01xUn Electronic setting: t9 = 0.1...5s step 0.1s Yes t=k - Tolerance: 5% Tolerance: min (20% 100ms) Tolerance: trip between 1.05...1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2) Electronic setting: I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.01 Tolerance: trip between 1.05...1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2) Manual setting: I2 = OFF 3-6-9 Tolerance: 10% Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Electronic setting: t1 = 3...60s at I=3xI1 step 0.5 Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Manual setting: t2= 0.10-0.20s at10xIn Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Against short-circuits with inverse short (t=k/I2) or independent (t=k) time delay trip Against short-circuits with adjustable threshold and instantaneous trip time Electronic setting: I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1 Tolerance: 10% Electronic setting: t2 = 0.05...0.4s at10xIn step 0.01 Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Electronic setting: I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1 Electronic setting: t2 = 0.05...0.4s step 0.01 Tolerance: 10% Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn Manual setting: I3 = OFF 1-3-4-7-9-10 Tolerance: 10% Electronic setting: I3 = 1...10xIn step 0.1 Tolerance: 10% Against ground fault with independent time delay trip(2) UV Against undervoltage with adjustable constant time OV Against overvoltage with adjustable constant time Tolerances in case of: - self-powered trip unit at full power; - 2- or 3-phase power supply. In conditions other than those stated, the following tolerances hold: (1) 2/10 (2) Protection L S I G SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Trip threshold release between 1.05 and 1.3 x I1 10% 15% 15% Trip time 20% 20% 60ms 20% Protection G is inhibited for currents higher than 2 In. Current Value Range Accuracy Specified measuring range Phase current (I1, I2, I3, IN) 0...12 In Cl 1 0.2...1.2 In Ground current (Ig) 0...4 In - - Phase voltage runtime, max and min (V1N, V2N, V3N) (1) 5V...480V 0.5% 30V...400V Line voltage runtime, max and min (U12, U23, U31) 10V...828V 0.5% 50V...690V Phase power runtime, max and min (P1, P2, P3) (1) -1440kW...1440kW Cl 2 -120kW...-1,5kW 1,5kW...120kW (3) Total power runtime, max and min -4320kW...4320kW Cl2 -360kW...-4,5kW 4,5kW...360kW (3) Phase power runtime, max and min (Q1, Q2, Q3) (1) -1440kVar...1440kVar Cl 2 -120kVar...-1,5kVar 1,5kVar...120kVar (3) Total power runtime, max and min -4320kVar...4320kVar Cl 2 -360kVar...-4,5kVar 4,5kVar...360kVar (3) Phase power runtime, max and min (S1, S2, S3) (1) InVA...1440kVA Cl 2 1,5kVA...120kVA Total power runtime, max and min 750VA...4320kVA Cl 2 4,5kVA...369kVA Total energy 1 kWh...214,75 GWh Cl 2 1 kWh...214,75 GWh Phase current minimum value Phase current maximum value Voltage Power Active Reactive Apparent Energy Active 2 Incoming energy Outgoing energy Reactive Total energy 1 kvarh...214,75 GVarh Cl 2 1 kvarh...214,75 GVarh Incoming energy Outgoing energy Apparent Power quality Total energy Harmonic analysis (2) (2) (3) Cl 2 1 kVAh...214,75 GVAh - - 0...1000% 10% 0 ... 500% Frequency runtime, max, min 44...440Hz 0.5% 45 ... 66 Hz PF of phase L1, L2, L3 -1...1 2% -1 ... -0.5 0.5 ... 1 THD of phase L1, L2, L3 (1) 1 kVAh...214,75 GVAh 11th (50 - 60Hz) (1) (2) Not available if Neutral is not connected Available on demand by sending a Modbus command For 0,2*In>Ii>1,2*In and 30V<Vi>400V US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/11 Circuit breakers for motor protection Main characteristics 2 When choosing and manufacturing a system for starting (G4.3 and G4.4) and monitoring motors, a given solution's safety and reliability are important considerations. Start-up is a particularly critical phase for the motor itself and for the installation powering it. Even rated service needs to be adequately monitored and protected in order to deal with any faults that might occur. When it comes to direct starting, ABB SACE offers two different solutions: a conventional system equipped with a circuit breaker with a magnetic only trip unit for protection against short-circuits, a thermal relay for protection against overloads and phase failure or imbalance, and a contactor to operate the motor; an advanced protection system which integrates all the protection and monitoring functions in the circuit breaker itself and a contactor for operating the motor. Several different factors must be considered when choosing and coordinating the protection and operating devices, e.g.: the electrical specifications of the motor (type, power rating, efficiency, cos); the starting type and diagram; the fault current and voltage in the part of the network where the motor is installed. Circuit breaker with magnetic only trip unit Circuit breaker with electronic trip unit Ekip, M-LIU PR212/CI Contactor Contactor Thermal relay Motor Motor PTC Conventional system Advanced protection system Characteristics of circuit breakers for motor protection Size (G2.1) Poles Rated service voltage, Ue (G2.4) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 [A] 125 125 225 150/250 [No.] 3 3 3 3 (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600 (DC) [V] 500 500 500 600 Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Versions Breaking capacities H Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable H S H Trip Units Magnetic Magnetic, Electronic Magnetic Magnetic, Electronic 3, 7, 15, 30, 50, 70, 80, 100, 125 25, 60, 100 100, 110, 125, 150, 200 - 25, 50, 80, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 40, 60, 100, 150 10, 25, 60, 100, 125 - 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250 MA (MCP) 2/12 [In A] Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) [In A] 3, 7, 15, 30, 50, 70, 80, 100, 125 - Ekip I [In A] - SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Circuit breakers for motor protection Magnetic trip units MA (MCP) Main characteristics: available for XT1, XT2, XT3 and XT4 in the three-pole version only. These trip units are mainly used for protecting motors, in conjunction with a thermal relay and a contator; protections: - against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT1: the protection threshold I is adjustable from 4...11xIn for In7A and 3...11xIn for In>7A; - against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT2: for In7A the protection threshold I is adjustable from 4...11xIn for 15AIn100A the protection threshold I is adjustable from 3...11xIn, whereas for In=125A, the protection threshold I is adjustable from 5...10xIn; - against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT3: the protection threshold I is adjustable from 6...12xIn; - against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT4: for In50A, the protection threshold I is adjustable from 3...11xIn, whereas for In>50A the protection threshold I is adjustable from 5...10xIn; the magnetic protection setting is made by turning the appropriate dial on the front of the release. Rotary dial for magnetic protection setting XT1 MA (MCP) In [A] 3 7 15 30 50 70 80 100 125 I3 = 4...11xIn I3 12...33 28...77 - - - - - - - I3 = 3...11xIn I3 - - 45...165 90...330 150...550 210...770 240...880 300...1100 375...1375 XT2 MA (MCP) In [A] 3 7 15 30 50 70 80 100 125 I3 = 4...11xIn I3 12...33 28...77 - - - - - - - I3 = 3...11xIn I3 - - 45...165 90...330 150...550 210...770 240...880 300...1100 - I3 = 5...10xIn I3 - - - - - - - - 625...1250 XT3 MA (MCP) I3 = 6..12xIn In [A] 100 110 125 150 200 I3 600...1200 660...1320 750...1500 900...1800 1200...2400 XT4 MA (MCP) In [A] 25 50 I3 = 3...11xIn I3 75...275 150...550 - I3 = 5...10xIn (>50A) I3 - - 80 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 - - - - - - - - 400...800 500...1000 550...1100 625...1250 750...1500 875...1750 1000...2000 1125...2250 1250...2500 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/13 2 Circuit breakers for power distribution Electronic trip units Ekip I 2 Main characteristics: usable with the XT2 and XT4 circuit breaker in the three-pole and four-pole versions; protections: - against instantaneous short-circuit (I): adjustable protection threshold from 1...10xIn, with instantaneous trip curve; - of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers: - for In100A in the OFF or ON positions, 50% and 100% of the phases can be selected; - for In<100A, neutral protection is fixed at 100% of the phases and disabled by user; manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches, which allow the settings to be made even when the trip unit is off; LED: - LED lit with a steady green light indicating that the trip unit is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current exceeds 0.2xIn; - LED with a steady red light, indicating that protection I has tripped; red LED light on connecting Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessories after circuit breaker opening for "I protection" intervention; - Ekip I is equipped with a trip coil disconnection protection device that detects whether the opening solenoid has disconnected. Signaling is made by a flashing red LED; test connector on the front of the trip unit; - the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and signaling the latest trip; - the Ekip T&P unit, allows the measurements to be read, the trip test to be conducted and the I protection function test to be carried out; self-supply from a minimum current of 0.2xIn up. Ekip I I protection LED Power-on LED Dip switch for I protection function setting Test connector Slot for lead seal Protection function Against short-circuits with adjustable treshold and instantaneous trip time Tolerances in case of: - self-powered trip unit at full power; - 2 or 3-phase power supply. In conditions other than those stated, the trip time is 60ms. (1) 2/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Manual setting: I3= 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4.5, 5.5, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 10xIn 20ms Yes t=k Tolerance: 20% I>4In 10% I4In Circuit breakers for motor protection Electronic trip units Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) Main characteristics: available for XT2 and XT4 in the three-pole version, this device protects motors. The L protection function protects the motor against overloads, in accordance with the indications and classes defined by standard IEC 60947-4-1; protections: - against overloads (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable threshold. The operating time is established by choosing the operating class defined by Standard IEC 60947-4-1: Class 3E, 5E, 10E, 20E; - against short-circuits (I): 6...13xIn adjustable threshold with instantaneous operating time; - against phase loss (U): the protection can be selected either in the ON or OFF position. When the selector is in the ON position, the threshold is 50% I1, with fixed operating time; manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on the front of the release; LED: - LED on with steady green light indicating that the trip unit is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current exceeds 0.2xIn; - red LED for each protection: - L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for current exceeding 0.9xI1; - L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current exceeding set threshold; - LIU: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened, connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out which protection function tripped the trip unit; - Ekip M-LIU is equipped with a trip coil disconnection device that detects whether the opening solenoid has disconnected. Signal is all red LEDs flashing simultaneously; test connector on the front of the release: - the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and signaling about the latest trip; - the Ekip T&P unit allows measurements to be read, trip test to be conducted and protection function test to be carried out; thermal memory always active; self-supply starting from a minimum current of 0.2xIn; compliant with UL60947-4-1. Power-on LED L, I, U protection LED Slot for lead seal Test connector Dip switch for L protection function setting Dip switch for I protection function setting Dip switch for the trip classes setting according to IEC 60947-4-1 U protection function ON-OFF Ekip M-LIU Protection function Against overloads with long inverse time delay trip and trip characteristic according to an inverse time curve (i2t=k) Against short-circuits with adjustable threshold and instantaneous trip time Aganist phase loss with independent time delay (IEC 60947-4-1) Tolerances in case of: - self-powered trip unit at full power; - 2- or 3-phase power supply. In conditions other than those stated, the following tolerances hold: (1) Trip threshold Trip curve (1) Excludability Relation Thermal memory Manual setting: I 1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.04 Manual setting: Operating class: 3E, 5E, 10E, 20E - t = k/l2 Yes - t=k - Yes t=k - Tolerance: trip between 1.05...1.2xI 1 Manual setting: I 3 = 6...13xIn step 1 Tolerance:10% up to 4xIn 20% from 4xIn 20ms Tolerance: 10% Manual setting: I 6 = ON / OFF When ON, I 6=50% I1 Manual setting: When ON, t 6= 2s Tolerance: 10% Tolerance: 15% Protection L I U Trip threshold release between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1 15% 20% Trip time 20% 60ms 20% US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/15 2 Molded case switch disconnectors Main characteristics The molded case switch disconnector ("switch") is a device created from the corresponding circuit breakers. It features the same overall dimensions, versions, fastening mechanisms and can be fitted with accessories. Its main function is to disconnect the circuit it's installed in. In the open position, the switch disconnects and ensure sufficient insulation distance between contacts for safety and to prevent an electrical arc from striking. 2 XT1D Applications Molded case switch disconnectors are normally used as: general sub-switchboard disconnectors; operating/disconnecting devices for lines, pan-assembliess or groups of equipment; bus-ties; general disconnecting devices for groups of machines; general group disconnecting devices for motor operation and protection; insulation of small tertiary distribution units. XT2D Protection A switch is unable to automatically break the short-circuit or overload current. For this reason, each molded case switch disconnector must be protected on the supply side by a coordinated device that safeguards it against short-circuits. XT3D Ic [A] AC 22A AC 23A DC 22A DC 23A XT4D XT1 125 125 125 125 XT2 125 125 125 125 XT3 225 200 225 200 XT4 250 200 250 200 Characteristics of molded case switch disconnectors XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 [A] 125 125 225 150/250 (AC) 50-60Hz [No.] [V] 3, 4 600Y/347 3, 4 600 3, 4 600Y/347 3, 4, 600 (DC) [V] 500 4p series (1) Fixed, Plug-in N S H 500 3p series Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable N H L 500 3p series Fixed, Plug-in N S 500 2p series Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable N S H [A] 1500 1500 2700 3000 Size (G2.1) Poles Rated service voltage, Ue (G2.4) Versions Rating level Magnetic Override (1) V 3p CB up to 250V DC 3p series Switch disconnector coordination Supply side XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 (1) XT3D 225 25 35 65 25 35 65 65 65 25 35 25(1) XT4D 250 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 25 35 25 35 65 35(1) 65(1) 35 65 100 150 65(1) 65(1) 100 150 Version N S H N S H L V N S N Icu 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 25 35 25 S H L V Load side In 125 125 XT1D 125 25 35 65 25 35 65 65 65 225 250 The configuration is valid only with I1 < 225A setting on XT4 circuit breaker 2/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT2D 125 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 L V Current Limiting Electrical characteristics According to the UL 489 Standard, Current Limiting circuit breakers will be signed "Current Limiting" on the front and will have a label on the right side specifying peak current and specific let-through energy values. Accessories and trip are the same as available for standard UL Tmax XT MCCBs. Current, existing UL circuit breakers Tmax XT2 and Tmax XT4 have undergone specific tests as per the UL 489 Standard in order to be classified as UL Current Limiting circuit breakers. They have specific characteristics in terms of limiting peak current and specific let-through energy. Tmax XT Current Limiting Trip Units In Voltage Rating Breaking Capacities Threshold Current Irms Ip I2t Intermediate Point (c) Irms Ip I 2t Interrupting Rating Irms Ip I2t XT2 TMF, TMA, EKIP Up to 125A (1) 480V AC H L V 600V AC H L [kA] [kA] [106A2s] 6 10 266 6 10 266 6 10 266 6 10 301 [kA] [kA] [106A2s] 30 19 480 50 21 486 65 23,2 512 [kA] [kA] [106A2s] 65 23,2 512 100 31,1 704 150 31,1 704 [A] [V AC] V XT4 TMF, TMA, EKIP Up to 250A (2) 480V AC H L V 600V AC H L V 6 10 301 6 10 301 10 14,4 499 10 14,4 499 10 14,4 499 10 13,7 582 10 13,7 582 10 13,7 582 14 14,1 472 22 18 655 25 18 655 42 26,4 853 50 26,4 853 65 30 980 18 19,1 791 22 22,3 990 30 24,2 1058 25 18 655 35 20 650 42 21,4 691 65 30 980 100 44,5 1142 150 44,5 1142 25 22,3 990 50 30,4 1162 50 30,4 1162 (1) Includes TMF, TMA with In = 15-125A and Ekip with In= 10,25,60,100,125A (2) Includes TMF, TMA with In = 25-250A and Ekip with In= 40,60,100, 150,225,250A US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/17 2 Special applications Communication system 2 The XT2 and XT4 molded case circuit breakers, equipped with an Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG trip unit and Ekip Com dialog module, can be integrated in monitoring systems to control and manage electrical and technological plants. The protocol available for communication on bus(G5,4) is Modbus RTU. Communications accessories include: Ekip Com communication module and electronic auxiliary contacts (1 Q + 1 SY) included in the Ekip Com module. For further details, see the "Accessories" chapter. Electronic motor operator MOE-E. Configuration 1: Monitoring (Electronic trip unit and Ekip Com) + 24 V - Modbus Internal Bus Positioned in the right-hand slot of the circuit breaker, the Ekip Com accessory connects to the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG trip unit via the supplied connector. Six cables come out of Ekip Com. Two are required for auxiliary supply, two for connection to the Modbus and two for connection to Internal Bus. This configuration allows you to: 2/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog HMI030 read the measurements and settings from the electronic trip unit in remote mode; program the electronic trip unit in remote mode; know the state of the circuit breaker (Open/Closed/Tripped) in remote mode; locally visualize the relevant information of the circuit breaker on the HMI030. Consult the Electric Diagrams chapter for further details about wiring. Configuration 2:Monitoring and remote control (Thermal magnetic trip unit or molded case switch disconnector, Ekip Com and MOE-E) + 24 V - 2 + Modbus The Ekip Com accessory is positioned in the right- hand slot of the circuit breaker and attaches to a connector at the rear of the MOE-E. Six cables come out of the Ekip Com. Two are needed for the auxiliary power supply and two for connection to the Modbus. With this configuration, it is possible to: read the Open/Closed/Tripped state of the circuit breaker remotely; open/close the circuit breaker or molded case switch disconnector remotely. For further details about cabling the various devices, please refer to the "Electric diagrams" chapter. Configuration 3: Monitoring and remote control (Electronic trip unit, Ekip Com and MOE-E) + 24 V - + Modbus Internal Bus HMI030 Positioned in the right-hand slot of the circuit breaker, the Ekip Com accessory connects to the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG trip unit via connector supplied with Ekip Com and to the MOE-E via connector on that unit. Six cables come out of Ekip Com. Two are required for auxiliary supply, two for connection to the Modbus and two for connection to the Internal Bus. This configuration allows you to: read the measurements and settings from the solid-state release in remote mode; program the electronic trip unit in remote mode; read the state of the circuit breaker (Open/Closed/Tripped) in remote mode; open/close the circuit breaker in remote mode; visualize locally on HMI 030 all the relevant information of the circuit breaker. Consult the "Electric diagrams" chapter for further details about wiring. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/19 Special applications Communication system Configuration 4: Interface from front panel (Electronic trip unit and HMI030 unit) + 24 V - 2 Internal Bus When XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers are equipped with an Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG electronic trip unit plus an HM1030 interface, electrical values and the most recent trip information can be displayed directly on the panel door. The necessary accessories, are: interface device HMI030; kit of 24V DC auxiliary voltage for electronic trip unit. 2/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog HMI030 Four cables come out of the Ekip E-LSIG, Ekip LSI or Ekip LSIG trip unit. Two are needed for the auxiliary power supply and two for connection to the HMI030 on Internal Bus. This configuration allows measurements and alarms from the electronic trip unit to be read on the HM1030 interface accessory, positioned on the front of the panel. For further details on cabling the various devices, refer to the "Electric diagrams" chapter. Measurement, signaling and available data functions Ekip LSI Ekip E-LSIG Ekip LSIG Ekip LS/I TM Molded case switch disconnector Electrical quantities Phase current (I L1, IL2, IL3) Neutral current (IN) (1) Ground current (Ig) (1) Phase to phase voltage (V12-V23-V31) Phase-Neutral Voltage (V1N-V2N-V3N) (2) Frequency Power (active P, reactive Q, apparent S) total power and phase power Power factor (total and phase) (2) (2) Energy (active, reactive, apparent) total Harmonic calculation (THDi, specter) Status information CB status (open, closed, tripped) Modality (local, remote) Protection parameters Thermal memory Total number of operations Total number of protection trips Total number of trip tests Total number of manual operations Total number of failed trips Last trip data recording 20 20 I Protection (trip) S Protection (timing and trip) L Protection (timing and trip) G Protection (timing and trip) L Protection pre-alarm Trip command failed Trip coil disconnected CB Open/CB Close (with MOE-E motor operator) CB Reset (with MOE-E motor operator) Alarm reset Trip test Protection parameter setting Maintenance data Protection alarm (3) (1) Diagnostic Alarm Commands Run Time Events CB status changes, protection status change and alarms status change (1) (2) (3) Only with Ekip LSIG trip unit Measurements available only with Neutral connected 90%I1 < I < 105%I1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/21 2 Accessories Versions and types Fixed part of Plug-in and withdrawable versions 3/2 Conversion kits 3/3 Mechanical accessories Connection terminals 3/5 Terminal covers and phase separators 3/12 Rotary handle operating mechanism 3/12 IP54 Protection 3/12 Front for operating lever mechanism 3/12 Locks 3/14 Rear mechanical interlock 3/16 Bracket for fixing on DIN rail 3/16 Flanges 3/17 Electrical accessories Service releases 3/18 Auxiliary contacts 3/20 Motor operators 3/25 Connectors for electrical accessories 3/29 Residual current releases 3/30 Accessories for electronic trip units Ekip Display 3/36 Ekip LED Meter 3/37 Current sensor for external neutral 3/37 Connection accessories 3/37 Communication devices and systems HMI030 interface on the front of the switchboard 3/38 Ekip Com 3/39 Ekip Connect 3/40 Test and configuration accessories Ekip T&P 3/41 Ekip TT 3/41 Automatic network-generator transfer unit ATS021-ATS022 3/42 Compatibility of accessories 3/44 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/1 3 Accessories Versions and types 3 Fixed circuit breaker Tmax XT circuit breakers are available in the following versions: FIXED. These have a current-interrupting part connected to the trip unit, to be installed on the back plate of the box; PLUG-IN. These have a moving part and a fixed part. The latter must be installed on the back plate of the box. The moving part comes in the kit that converts the fixed version into a plug-in version; WITHDRAWABLE. These have a moving part and a fixed part, equipped with side runners to allow easy racking in/out of the moving part. The fixed part is installed on the back plate of the box. The moving part comes in the kit that converts the fixed version into a withdrawable version. To create the withdrawable circuit breaker, it's necessary to order a front accessory to maintain the IP40 degree of protection over the circuit breaker's entire isolation run. If the plug-in circuit breaker is fitted with electrical accessories, appropriate connectors for insulating the corresponding auxiliary circuits must also be ordered. For the withdrawable version, there are dedicated accessories fitted with connectors enabling automatic disconnection when racking-out. (Consult the "Connectors for electrical accessories" section of this chapter). Using the fixed version as a base, SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers can easily be converted into plug-in and withdrawable versions with the appropriate conversion kits. The moving part can always be obtained in the required version, fully pre-engineered in the factory, by ordering the fixed circuit breaker and the conversion kit at the same time. Version Plug-in circuit breaker Fixed Plug-in XT1 n n XT2 n n XT3 n n XT4 n n Withdrawable n n Fixed part of plug-in and withdrawable versions Withdrawable circuit breaker The fixed parts of the plug-in/withdrawable versions are available with extended front terminals (EF). The fixed parts can be equipped with some of the same terminal, terminal-cover and phase barrier kits used for the fixed circuit breakers, by using the proper adapter. The fixed parts of a plug-in/withdrawable circuit breaker can be installed at a distance of 50mm/1.97in from the back of the panel or at 70mm/2.76in as shown in the picture. Installing at 50mm/1.97in Installing at 70mm/2.76in 3/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Conversion kits Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a plug-in circuit breaker Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a withdrawable circuit breaker Conversion kit for turning a fixed part of plug-in version into the fixed part of a withdrawable version The following conversion kits can be obtained in order to create the different versions: Kit for converting the fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of plug-in/withdrawable versions. When withdrawable versions are made, it is essential to order an accessory to apply to the front of the circuit breaker in order to maintain the IP40 degree of protection over the entire isolation run. This accessory can be chosen from: - front for lever operating mechanism (FLD); - motor operator (MOE); - direct or extended rotary handle operating mechanisms (RHD or RHE). If no accessory is indicated, the front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) is automatically included in the order. Kit for converting the fixed part of plug-in versions into the fixed part of withdrawable versions. The kit comprises: - a guide for turning the fixed part of the plug-in circuit breaker into the fixed part of the withdrawable circuit breaker; - a racking-out rotary handle that allows the moving part to be inserted and withdrawn. The mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be set to the isolated position (with the power and auxiliary circuits disconnected) with the compartment door closed, for operator safety. The rotary handle can only be inserted when the circuit breaker is open. Once it has been removed or withdrawn, the circuit breaker can be set to the open/closed position; - a flange for the compartment door, which replaces the one supplied with the fixed version of the circuit breaker. Kit for converting fixed type into the plug-in version for RC Sel residual current devices for XT2-XT4. RC Sel four-pole residual current devices for XT2 and XT4 can be converted from the fixed version into the plug-in version using the special kit. Kit for converting plug-in types into the withdrawable version for RC Sel residual current devices for XT2-XT4. RC Sel four-pole residual current devices for XT2 and XT4 can be converted from the plug-in version to the withdrawable version using the special kit, which comprises a bellows to apply to the front of the residual current device so as to allow it and the residual current part to be withdrawn when the panel door is closed. This kit can also be assembled on fixed circuit breakers fitted with the front part for locks or the direct rotary handle, thus adding to the range of uses for residual current devices. In the plug-in to withdrawable conversion kit, there is also a 6-pin connector to be applied onto the right side of the circuit breaker to facilitate disconnecting the auxiliary circuits connected to the residual current device. This kit contains also the shunt opening release of the residual current device dedicated to the withdrawable version, which is fitted with a connector for the fixed part and the moving part. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/3 3 Accessories Versions and types Plug-in version + 3 Fixed part of plug-in + Fixed circuit breaker = Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a plug-in circuit breaker Plug-in circuit breaker Withdrawable version 1st solution + Fixed part of withdrawable + + Fixed circuit breaker Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a withdrawable circuit breaker = Frontal accessory(1) Withdrawable circuit breaker 2nd solution + Fixed part of plug-in (1) + Conversion kit for turning a fixed part of plug-in version into the fixed part of a withdrawable version + Fixed circuit breaker Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a withdrawable circuit breaker Frontal accessory is mandatory. If not specified in the order, the FLD is supplied automatically 3/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog + = Frontal accessory(1) Withdrawable circuit breaker Accessories Mechanical accessories Terminals UL Listed XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 F - Front terminals n n n n n EF - Extended front terminals n n n n n ES - Extended spread terminals n n n n n FCCu - Front for copper cables n n n n n FCCuAl - Front for copper/aluminum cables n - - n n FB - For flexible busbars - n n n n MC - Multi cable for copper cable n n n n n R - Rear oriented - n n n n EF - Extended front for the fixed part n n n n n HR/VR - Horizontal rear / Vertical rear for fixed part n n n n n - n - LTC - Low terminal cover - - - n n n n HTC - High terminal cover n n n n n R for RC - Rear for residual current release Terminal covers Phase barriers PB - 25mm/0.98in n n n n n PB - 100mm/3.94in n n n n n PB - 200mm/7.87in n n n n n Flange handle operating mechanism MKC - Cable operated flange handles n n n n n Rotary handle operating mechanism RHD - Direct rotary handle n n n n n RHE - Extended rotary handle n n n n n RHS - Side rotary handle (right and left sides) n n n n n LH - Long "pistol" rotary handle (for RHE or RHS) n n n n n RHL - Rotary handle/front lever lock, open n n n n n RHL - Rotary handle/front lever lock, open/closed n n n n n FLD - Front for locks n - n - n Front for operating lever mechanism Locks on circuit breaker Mechanical interlock PLL - Padlock device, removable n n - n - PLL - Padlock device, open n n n n n PLL - Padlock device, open/closed n n n n n KLC - Key lock, open n n n n n KLC - Key lock, open/closed n n n n n MIR - Mechanical interlock (HR and VR) n n n n n 3 Connection terminals Connection terminals allow the circuit breaker to be connected to the system in the way best suited to the installation requirements. By and large, they consist of front terminals for connecting cables or busbar directly from the front of the circuit breaker. Where possible, the terminals have laser markings on the surface to indicate the tightening torques for the correct isolation of cables and bars. Fixed version Standard SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers for UL and CSA are supplied with front terminals (F). However, they can be fitted with the following types of terminal as accessories thanks to the special kits: extended front (EF); extended spread front (ES); front for copper/aluminum cables (FCCuAI), for XT3 and XT4 sizes; front for copper cables (FCCu); multicable for copper cable (MC); for flexible busbar (FB); rear oriented (R) 1). For XT1 and XT3 sizes, the use of non-insulated busbar with Ue 480V involves the mandatory assembly of terminal-covers HTC. 1) IEC only US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/5 Accessories Mechanical accessories Plug-in and withdrawable versions The fixed part of plug-in and withdrawable version circuit-breakers is normally supplied with extended front terminals (EF) or horizontal/vertical rear terminals (HR/VR). Horizontal/vertical rear terminals (HR/VR) are factory-mounted in the horizontal position. If needed, the terminals can easily be field-rotated to the vertical position. A fixed part with front terminals (EF) can be converted into a fixed part with rear terminals (HR/VR) by ordering the appropriate terminal kit. The fixed parts can also be fitted with some of the same types of terminal available on the fixed circuit breaker after an adapter has been installed on the terminal zone of the fixed part itself. Consequently, the following types of connection terminals are also acceptable for use with the fixed part: extended spread front (ES); for copper cables (FCCu); multi-cable (MC). for copper and aluminum cables (FCCuAl); for flexibar (FB). The adapter mimics the terminal zone of the fixed circuit breaker. This means that fixed parts can also be equipped with the same terminal covers and phase separators as those used for fixed circuit breakers. 3 H3 H1 H2 Installing at 50mm/1.97in Installing at 70mm/2.76in Fixed part adapter Fixed part adapter 3/6 Circuit breakers H1 fixed part [mm/in] H2 circuit breaker [mm/in] H3 fixed part with two adapters [mm/in] XT1 146/5.75 134/5.28 181/7.13 XT2 153/6.02 134/5.28 188/7.40 XT3 166/6.54 154/6.06 225/8.86 XT4 182/7.17 164/1.46 228/8.98 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Front terminals - F (1) CB. Vers. Busbar dimensions [mm/in] W min W max H O D min D max Cable terminals [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] W Cable or busbar 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 /Terminal O H Terminal covers [mm/in] H Phase separators [mm/in] XT1 F 13/0.512 16/0.630 7.5/0.295 6.5/0.256 3.5/0.138 5/0.197 16/0.630 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 - R - S R R XT2 F 13/0.512 20/0.787 7.5/0.295 6.5/0.256 2.5/0.098 5/0.197 20/0.787 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 - R - S R R XT3 F 17/0.669 25/0.984 9.5/0.374 8.5/0.335 5/0.197 8/0.315 24/0.945 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 - - R S R R XT4 F 17/0.669 25/0.984 10/0.394 8/0.315 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 - - R S R R (1) 8.5/0.335 5/0.197 3 UL Listed Front terminal - F F terminal with cable lug F terminal with busbar Front extended terminals - EF (1) CB Vers. Busbar dimensions [mm/in] W D O Cable terminals [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] W Terminal /CB O H Terminal covers [mm/in] H Phase separators [mm/in] Cable or busbar /Terminal 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 XT1 F 20/0.787 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 9/79.7 - R - - S R XT2 F 20/0.787 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 9/79.7 - S - - S R XT3 F 20/0.787 6/0.236 10/0.394 20/0.787 10/0.394 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 - - R - S R XT4 F 20/0.787 10/0.394 10/0.394 20/0.787 10/0.394 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 - - S - S R (1) UL Listed Front extended terminal - EF W H D D W Width Hole height Depth EF terminal with cable lug F P W O S R EF terminal with busbar Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable Diameter Standard On Request US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/7 Accessories Mechanical accessories Front extended spread terminals - ES (1) CB 3 Vers. Busbar dimensions MAX [mm/in] Cable terminals [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] W O W O Terminal /CB 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 M6 10.5/0.413 M6 D XT1 F-P 25/0.984 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 XT2 F-P-W 30/1.181 4/0.157 10.5/0.413 30/1.181 XT3 F-P XT4 F-P-W 30/1.181 (1) 30/1.181 H Terminal covers [mm/in] 50/1.97 H Phase separators [mm/in] Cable or busbar /Terminal 2/0.08 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 6/53.1 M8 9/79.7 - - - - - S 6/53.1 M10 18/159.3 - - - - - S 4/0.157 10.5/0.413 30/1.181 10.5/0.413 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 - - - - - S 10/0.394 10.5/0.413 30/1.181 10.5/0.413 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 - - - - - S UL Listed Front extended spread terminal - ES ES terminal with cable lug ES terminal with busbar Terminals for copper cables - FCCu (2) CB Type of Vers. terminal Cable Inner dimensions [mm/in] AWG/kcmil mm2 Tightening [Nm/lb-in] Cable or busbar/Terminal L cable stripping [mm/in] H Terminal covers H Phase separators [mm/in] [mm/in] 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 XT1 (3) internal F-P 1x14...1/0 1x2.5...70 12x12/0.472x0.472 7/61.95 16/0.629 - R - S(1) R R XT1 (4) internal F-P 1x14...1/0 1x1.5...70 16/0.629 - R - S(1) R R 14/0.551 - R - S(1) R R 9,5x16/0.37x0.63 7/61.95 <50mm2 (1/10 AWG): 7/61.95 XT2 internal F-P-W 1x14...1/0 1x2.5...95 14x14/0.551x0.551 XT3 internal F-P 1x10...250 1x6...185 18x18/0.709x0.709 14/123.91 20/0.787 - - R S(1) R R XT4 internal F-P 1x10...250 1x6...185 18x18/0.709x0.709 14/123.91 16/0.787 - - R S(1) R R XT4 internal F-P 1x14-1/0 1x2.5...50 - - - - - - - (1) 1x2.5...50 50mm2 (1/10 AWG): 8,5/75.23 - Phase separators are supplied as standard with the basic version of the circuit breaker; FCCu terminal W H D D 3/8 W FCCu terminal with cable Width Hole heigth Depth F P W O S R Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable Diameter Standard On Request SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog (2) UL Listed; (3) MCCB only application; (4) MCCB/MCP application. FCCu terminal with busbar Terminals for copper cables - FCCuAl (1) CB Type of Vers. terminal XT2 internal XT3 F-P Cable Tightening [Nm/lb-in] AWG/kcmil mm 2 Terminal/CB Cable or busbar/Terminal 1x14...1/0 1x2.5...50 2.5/22.12 M6 L cable stripping [mm/in] 8mm (8 AWG):4.5/39.82 > 8mm2 (8 AWG) 5.7/50.44 2 H Terminal covers [mm/in] 2/0.08 15,5/0.61 - H Phase separators [mm/in] 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 - - S R R internal F-P 1x14...1/0 1x2.5...50 9/79.7 slot 5.6/50 15,5/0.61 - - - S R R internal F-P 1x4...300 1x25...150 9/79.7 M6 22.6/200 20/0.787 - - S R R internal F-P 1x14...1/0 1x2.5...50 9/79.7 slot 5.6/50 15,5/0.61 - - - S R R internal F-P 1x4...300 1x25...150 9/79.7 M6 22.6/200 20/0.787 - - - S R R XT4 internal F-P 1x250...350 1x127...177 not app M6 25/221 24 - - - S R R XT4 X internal F-P 1x14...1/0 9/79.7 M6 <8mm2 (8 AWG): 2.3/20.35 8mm2 (8 AWG): 5.6/49.56 16 - - - S R R XT4 (1) 1x2.5...50 - 3 UL Listed Internal FCCuAl terminal for copper/aluminum cables Internal FCCuAl terminal for copper and aluminum cable with take-up of auxiliary voltage FCCuAl internal terminal with cable Terminals for flexible busbars - FB CB Type of Vers. terminal Busbar dimensions MIN [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] H Terminal covers [mm/in] XT1 internal F-P 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 9/0.354 Cable or busbar/Terminal 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 7/61.95 - R - S(1) XT2 internal F-P-W 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 9/0.354 R R 7/61.95 - R - S(1) R XT3 internal F-P R 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 10/0.394 14/123.91 - - R S(1) R XT4 internal R F-P-W 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 10/0.394 14/123.91 - - R S(1) R R W (1) D Busbar dimensions MAX [mm] Nr W D Nr H Separators [mm/in] Phase separators supplied as standard with basic version circuit breaker Terminal for flexible busbars (FB) W H D D W Width Hole heigth Depth FB terminal with flexible busbars F P W O S R Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable Diameter Standard On Request US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/9 Accessories Mechanical accessories Multi-cable terminals - MC Cu (1) CB 3 Type of Vers. terminal Cable Tightening [Nm/lb-in] L cable stripping Cable or busbar [mm/in] /Terminal H Terminal covers [mm/in] AWG/kcmil mm 2 Terminal /CB 2/0.08 50/1.97 H Phase separators [mm/in] 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 XT1 external F-P 6x14...2 6x2.5...35 6/53.1 7/61.95 10, 20, 30 / 0.394, 0.787, 1.181 - S - - - - XT2 external F-P-W 6x14...2 6x2.5...35 6/53.1 7/61.95 10, 20, 30 / 0.394, 0.787, 1.181 - S - - - - XT3 external F-P 6x12...2 6x2.5...35 8/70.8 7/61.95 15, 30 / 0.591, 1.181 - - S - - - XT4 external F-P 6x12...2 6x2.5...35 8/70.8 7/61.95 15, 30 / 0.591, 1.181 - - S - - - Installation on loas side only (1) UL Listed Multi-cable terminals (MC) Multi-cable terminals with cables Rear horizontal terminals - R CB Vers. Busbar dimensions MAX [mm] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] W H D O Terminal/CB 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87 XT1 F 15/0.590 7.5/0.295 5/0.196 6.5/0.255 M5 5/44.2 M6 6/53.1 S - - - - - XT2 F 20/0.787 9/0.354 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 8/70.8 S - - - - - XT3 F 20/0.787 9/0.354 6/0.236 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 M8 8/70.8 S - - - - - XT4 F 20/0.787 9/0.354 6/0.236 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 M8 8/70.8 S - - - - - Rear horizontal terminals (R) W H D D 3/10 W Width Hole heigth Depth H Terminal covers [mm] Cable or busbar/terminal R terminal with horizontal busbar F P W O S R Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable Diameter Standard On Request SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog H Separators [mm] R terminal with vertical busbar Extended front terminals for fixed part - EF (1) CB Vers. Busbar dimensions [mm/in] W D O Cable terminals [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] W Terminal/ CB O Phase separators [mm/in] Cable or busbar /Terminal 100/3.94 200/7.87 XT1 P 20/0.787 5/0.197 8.5/0.335 21/0.827 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 M6 9/79.7 S R XT2 P-W 20/0.787 5/0.197 8.5/0.335 21/0.827 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 M6 9/79.7 S R XT3 P 25/0.984 8/0.315 8.5/0.335 30/1.181 8.5/0.335 M6 8/70.8 M8 18/159.3 S R XT4 P-W 25/0.984 8/0.315 8.5/0.335 30/1.181 8.5/0.335 M6 8/70.8 M8 18/159.3 S R (1) 3 UL Listed EF terminals for fixed part Rear flat horizontal terminals for fixed part - HR CB Vers. Busbar dimensions [mm/in] W D O Cable terminals [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] W Terminal/ CB O Rear Separators [mm/in] Cable or busbar /Terminal 90/3.543 XT1 P 20/0.787 4 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R XT2 P-W 20/0.787 4 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R XT3 P 25/0.984 6 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R XT4 P-W 25/0.984 10 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R HR terminals for fixed part Rear flat vertical terminals for fixed part - VR CB Vers. Busbar dimensions [mm/in] Cable terminals [mm/in] Tightening [Nm/lb-in] Terminal/ CB W D O W O Rear Separators [mm/in] Cable or busbar /Terminal 90/3.543 XT1 P 20/0.787 4 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R XT2 P-W 20/0.787 4 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R XT3 P 25/0.984 6 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R XT4 P-W 25/0.984 10 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R VR terminals for fixed part W H D D W Width Hole heigth Depth F P W O S R Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable Diameter Standard On Request US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/11 Accessories Mechanical accessories Terminal covers and phase barriers 3 Terminal covers Phase barriers Terminal covers are applied to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental contact with live parts, thereby providing protection against direct contacts. The high terminal covers are pre-punched for knock-outs on the front to facilitate installing busbars and/or cables and ensuring correct insulation. The phase barrier partitions increase the insulation characteristics between the phases on a level with the connections. They are mounted from the front, even when the circuit breaker has already been installed, by inserting them into the corresponding slots. The table lists the various terminal covers and phase barriers available for each SACE Tmax XT circuit breaker. The terminal covers/phase barriers that are able to ensure adequate circuit breaker installation and correct insulation are listed in the "Connection terminals" section of this chapter, alongside each terminal. XT1 XT2 XT3 HTC - High terminal covers [mm/in] 50/1.97 50/1.97 60/2.36 60/2.36 LTC - Low terminal covers(1) [mm/in] 2/0.08 2/0.08 2/0.08 2/0.08 Phase barrier - low [mm/in] 25/0.98 25/0.98 25/0.98 25/0.98 Phase barrier - medium [mm/in] 100/3.94 100/3.94 100/3.94 100/3.94 Phase barrier - high [mm/in] 200/7.87 200/7.87 200/7.87 200/7.87 Rear phase barrier for FP [mm/in] 90/3.54 90/3.54 90/3.54 90/3.54 (1) XT4 IEC rear terminals only Rotary handle operating mechanism This device allows the circuit breaker to be operated by means of a rotary handle, which makes the circuit breaker easier to open and close. Different types of handle are available: direct (RHD): installed directly on the front of the circuit breaker. Allows it to be operated from the front; extended (RHE): installed on the panel door. Allows the circuit breaker to be operated by means of a rod which acts on a base installed on the front of the circuit breaker; side, for lateral left (RHS-L) and lateral right (RHS-R). Allows operation from the side by means of a shaft which acts on the base installed on the front of the circuit breaker. A long handle grip (LH) which can be combined with the extended handle (RHE) and with the side Direct rotary handle (RHD) 3/12 Extended rotary handle (RHE) SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog (LH) Long handle (RHS) Side rotary handle All rotary handles are available in two versions: standard: grey color; emergency: red on a yellow background. Suitable for operating machine tools. Rotary handles can be ordered: by specifying one single sales code (for RHD, RHE, RHS L/R); by indicating the following three devices (only for RHE): - rotary handle on compartment door with normal standard handgrip (RHE_H, RHE_H LH) or emergency handgrip (RHE_H_EM, RHE_H_EM LH); - 60.5mm/2.38" and 170.5mm/6.71" rod (RHE_S). The minimum and maximum distances between the fixing plate and the door are 60.5mm/2.38" and 170.5mm/6.71"; - base to fix to the circuit base (RHE_B). 3 Using the rotary handle is an alternative to the motor operator and to all accessories of the front type. The rotary handles can be locked by means of a vast range of key locks and padlocks (consult the "Locks" section of this chapter). The direct and extended rotary operating mechanisms allow early contacts to be used on closing in order to supply the undervoltage release in advance of the circuit breaker's closing (consult the "Early auxiliary contacts" section of this chapter). IP54 Protection A device that can be applied onto the transmitted rotary and lateral handle allowing IP54 degree of protection(G.1.11) to be achieved. IP54 protection Front for operating lever mechanism This device can be installed on the front of the circuit breaker, allowing it to be locked with key locks and padlocks. The front for operating lever mechanism can only be installed on XT2 and XT4 three-pole and four-pole circuit breakers. It can be fitted with a vast range of key locks and padlocks (see the "Locks" section of this chapter). Front for operating lever mechanism US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/13 Accessories Mechanical accessories Locks Key lock 3 Padlocks or key locks prevent the circuit breaker from being closed and/or opened. They can be fitted: directly on the front of the circuit breaker; on the rotary handle operating mechanism; on the front for lever operating mechanism; on the motor; to the fixed and withdrawable part, to prevent the moving part from being inserted; on the front of the thermal magnetic trip unit, to prevent the thermal part adjustor from being tampered with. All locks that hold the circuit breaker in the open position ensure circuit isolation in accordance with the IEC 60947-2 Standard. In the closed position, the locks do not prevent the mechanism from releasing after a fault or remote control. Fixed padlock in open position Fixed padlock in open/ closed position Circuit breaker with removable padlock in open position Circuit breaker with fixed padlock in open position Circuit breaker with fixed padlock in open/close position RHD with key lock RHE with key lock FLD with key lock MOD with key lock MOE with key lock Withdrawable fixed part with key lock/padlock Removable padlock in open position Key lock/padlock for withdrawable fixed part 3/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Type of lock Circuitbreaker Circuitbreaker XT1...XT4 Optional/ Standard supply Optional Position of circuit breaker lock OPEN / CLOSED XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN PLL Removable padlock device XT1, XT3 Optional OPEN KLC Key lock(5) XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN / CLOSED XT1...XT4 Standard OPEN XT1...XT4 Standard Padlock device XT2, XT4 Standard DOOR LOCKED WHEN CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED OPEN Door lock XT2, XT4 Standard RHL Key lock(1) XT2, XT4 Optional DOOR LOCKED WHEN CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED OPEN XT2, XT4 Optional OPEN XT2, XT4 Optional OPEN / CLOSED Padlock device XT1...XT4 Standard OPEN Key lock on motor MOL-D MOL-S XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional OPEN XT1...XT4 Optional MANUAL XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED Padlock WITHDRAWN XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED Padlock WITHDRAWN XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED Padlock WITHDRAWN XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED Padlock WITHDRAWN XT1, XT3 Optional XT2, XT4 Standard PLL Fixed padlock device Rotary handle RHL (RHD/RHE/ Key lock(1) RHE-LH/ RHS) Padlock device Door lock(4) Frontal for operating lever (FLD) Motor (MOD, MOE, MOE-E) Key lock against manual operation MOL-M(2) Fixed part of KLF-FP withdrawable Key lock / padlock for fixed part of withdrawable device Trip unit Lock of thermal regulation (3) Type Removability of lock of key padlocks max 3 padlocks O - 7mm stem (not supplied) padlocks max 3 padlocks O - 7mm stem (not supplied) padlocks max 3 padlocks O - 7mm stem (not supplied) Ronis Same key (A, B, C, D type) Ronis Different key Ronis Same key Ronis Same key Ronis Different key Ronis Different key padlocks max 3 padlocks O 6mm stem (not supplied) OPEN - - padlocks max 3 padlocks O 6mm stem (not supplied) - - - 3 OPEN OPEN / CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN / CLOSED - Ronis OPEN Same key Ronis OPEN Different key Ronis OPEN / CLOSED Different key padlocks max 3 padlocks O - 8mm stem (not supplied) Ronis OPEN Different keys Ronis OPEN Same keys Ronis WITH LOCK key INSERTED Ronis key Different + padlocks max 3 padlocks O 6mm stem (not supplied) Ronis key Same + padlocks max 3 padlocks O 6mm stem (not supplied) Giussani key Different + padlocks max 3 padlocks O 6mm stem (not supplied) Giussani key Same + padlocks max 3 padlocks O 6mm stem (not supplied) - - - - - - - - - - On the transmitted rotary handle (RHE), the lock is mounted on the base. The key lock is not available on the lateral handle (RHS). Only for MOE and MOE-E. Applied to the cover of the circuit breakers on a level with the regulator of the thermal element of thermal magnetic release TMD to prevent it from being tampered with. (4) This function can be totally inhibited by the customer when the handle is assembled by means of a simple operation that can be reversed if needed. Moreover, if the door lock function is not disabled by the customer during the assembly phase, the door lock can be temporarily deactivated with a tool in exceptional cases, so that the door can be opened without opening the circuit breaker . (5) Incompatible with electrical accessories mounted in the third pole. (1) (2) (3) US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/15 Accessories Mechanical accessories Rear mechanical interlock 3 Interlock Support designed for rear installation of two circuit breakers that, through connections, prevents the two installed breakers from closing simultaneously. The circuit breakers in the Tmax XT family are interlocked two-by-two (IO-OI-OO) by means of a chassis and special plates. Interlocked circuit breakers can be of a fixed, plug-in or withdrawable version. Both circuit breakers and molded case switch disconnectors in the three-pole and fourpole versions can be interlocked. Acceptable combinations are: XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 XT1 n n n n XT2 n n XT3 n XT4 n n n n n The following equipment must be ordered to make the rear interlock: a vertical or horizontal chassis; a plate for each circuit breaker to be interlocked. = + Interlock - Chassis Two Plates Interlock Bracket for fixing on DIN rail Support designed to be installed on the back of the circuit breakers to simplify assembly on standardized DIN EN 50022 rail. The following can be installed on DIN EN 50022 rail: all Tmax XT circuit breakers in the fixed three-pole or four-pole versions; XT1, XT3 circuit breakers equipped with RC Sel 200; RC Inst, RC Sel for XT1 and XT3 residual current releases. Bracket for fixing on DIN rail 3/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Flanges A flange is a plastic plate that acts as an interface between the circuit breaker and the hole in the panel door. All the Tmax XT series flanges are newly designed and do not require screws for installation. Flanges are applied: around the front part of the fixed/plug-in circuit breaker; around the operating lever for all fixed/plug-in/circuit breakers; around the MOD or MOE motor operator; around the front for FLD locks; around the direct rotary handle operating mechanism; around the extended rotary handle operating mechanism; around the RC Inst, RC Sel for XT1 and XT3, RC Sel for TX2 and TX4 residual current release. XT1-XT3 with standard flange XT2-XT4 with standard flange XT1-XT4 with operating lever flange Rotary handle with flange MOE with flange MOD align flush left under MOD US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/17 3 Accessories Electrical accessories Tmax XT UL/CSA electrical accessories UL Listed XT1 XT2 XT3 Shunt opening release SOR / SOR-C (uncabled and cabled) n n n n n Undervoltage release Time-delay device for undervoltage release UVR / UVR-C (uncabled and cabled) UVD 1 Q 1 SY 24V DC 3 Q 1 SY 24V DC 1 S51 24V DC 1 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC 2 Q 2 SY 1 S51 250V AC/DC 3 Q 2 SY 250V AC/DC 3 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC 1 S51 250V AC/DC 3 Q on left 250V AC/DC 2 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC 1 Q 1 SY 400V AC 2 Q 400V AC 24V DC S51 24V DC 250V AC/DC S51 250V AC/DC AUP - Inserted (24V and 250V) AUP - Withdrawn (24V and 250V) AUE - 2 contacts closed AUE - 2 contacts open MOD MOE MOE-E RC Inst RC Sel 200 RC Sel for XT1 XT3 RC Sel for XT2 XT4 RC B Type n - n n n - - n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n - n n n n - n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n - Cabled auxiliary contacts, 1m Q: signaling contact open/closed 3 SY: trip position signaling contact S51: signaling contact due to trip unit tripping or interaction Uncabled auxiliary contacts Auxiliary position contacts Early auxiliary contacts in the rotary handle Motor operators Residual current devices Ekip electronic trip unit accessories Ekip Display Ekip LED Meter Ekip Com HMI030 interface on the front of the switchboard n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n - - - - - n - - - - n - - - - n n - - n - n - n - n n n - - n n - - - n - - n - n n - - n - n - n - n n n - - n - XT4 n n - - - n n n - - n - n n - - - - - n n n n - - - - n n n n n - Service releases Cabled SOR - UVR Cabled SOR - UVR for withdrawable circuit breaker Shunt opening release (SOR). Allows the circuit breaker to be opened by means of a nonpermanent electrical control. Release operation is ensured for voltages between 70% and 110% of the rated power supply voltage Un, in both alternating and direct current. The SOR is equipped with a built-in limit contact to shut off the power supply in the open position with the relay tripped. A remote controlled emergency opening command can be created by connecting an opening button to the SOR. Undervoltage release (UVR). Allows the circuit breaker to open when the release is subjected to either a power failure or a voltage drop. Opening is ensured when the voltage is between 70% and 35% of the rated power supply Un. After tripping, the circuit breaker can be closed again if the voltage exceeds 85% of Un. When the undervoltage release is not energized, neither the circuit breaker nor the main contacts can be closed. A remote controlled emergency opening command can be created by connecting an opening button to the UVR. Uncabled SOR - UVR 3/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog None of the service releases in the Tmax XT series requires screws for installation. They are extremely easy to fit. Just use slight pressure to snap the release into the appropriate place. All service releases are available in two versions: cabled (AWG20 cable section - 0.5mm 2): - for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables; - for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector; not cabled: - for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with cables from (1.5 mm2/14 AWG in section). In circuit breakers: three-pole: either one SOR or one UVR can be installed in the slot on the left of the operating lever; four-pole: two service releases can be installed at the same time by using the third and fourth poles. If the circuit breaker is the withdrawable type, the connector for the fourth pole must be ordered to be able to install an SOR or UVR in the fourth pole. SOR UVR SOR UVR SOR UVR SOR Electrical specifications Version Max power absorbed on inrush AC [VA] 12V DC DC [W] 50 24-30V AC/DC 50 50 48-60V AC/DC 60 60 110...127V AC-110...125V DC 50 50 220...240V AC-220...250V DC 50 50 380-440V AC 55 480-525V AC 55 UVR Electrical specifications Version Power absorbed during normal operation AC [VA] DC [W] 24-30V AC/DC 1.5 1.5 48V AC/DC 1 1 60V AC/DC 1 1 110...127V AC-110...125V DC 2 2 220...240V AC-220...250V DC 2.5 2.5 380-440V AC 3 480-525V AC 4 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/19 3 Accessories Electrical accessories Time delay device for undervoltage release (UVD) The undervoltage release (UVD) can be combined with an external electronic power supply time delay. This allows the circuit breaker opening to be delayed with preset and adjustable timing if the power supply voltage of the release either drops or fails, thus preventing untimely tripping caused by temporary faults. The time delay must be used with the undervoltage release (UVR) of the corresponding voltage. A remote control positive safety opening command can be created by connecting an opening pushbutton to the UVR combined with the UVD. 3 Time delay device for undervoltage release UVD - Electrical specifications 24...30V AC/DC 48...60V AC/DC Power supply Voltage [V] 110...125V AC/DC 220...250V AC/DC Settable delay [s] 0.25 - 0.5 - 0.75 - 1 - 1.25 - 2 - 2.5 - 3 Opening time tolerance 15% Auxiliary contacts Contacts which allow information about the operating state of the circuit breaker to be routed outside the circuit breaker. The following information is available: open/closed: indication of the position of the circuit breaker power contacts (Q); trip: signaling circuit breaker opening due to the current release tripping (owing to overload or short-circuit), opening or undervoltage releases, emergency opening pushbutton of the motor operator, or use of the test button (SY); trip unit tripping: indicates that one of the protection functions of the electronic or thermal magnetic trip unit has tripped (S51). Changeover of auxiliary contacts Q (open/closed), SY (relay tripped) and S51 (trip unit tripping) Normal sequence Trip sequence (trip caused by: SOR, UVR, trip test) Trip sequence (trip caused by trip unit) 3/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog CB Open Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB Open Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB Trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06 CB Resets Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 CB Open Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB Trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=08 CB Resets Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 3 Cabled auxiliary contact Uncabled auxiliary contact Cabled auxiliary contact for withdrawable circuit breaker 24V DC and 250V AC/DC auxiliary contacts 250V AC/DC and 24VAC/ DC auxiliary contacts are installed without the need for screws. They are extremely easy to fit. Simply use slight pressure to snap the auxiliaries into the appropriate place. The following versions of auxiliary contacts are available: cabled (AWG20 cable section - 0.5mm 2): - for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables; - for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector; heavy duty cabled (AWG20 cable section - 0.5mm 2): - for applications requiring cable capacity to 600V; - for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables; - for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector; not cabled: - for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with cables from 0.5 up to 1.5 mm2 in section. Auxiliary contacts are supplied for each circuit breaker in the SACE XT family in various combinations, as shown in the table. The following items can be ordered to make installation even more flexible: a non-cabled auxiliary contact can create different signals (Q or SY) based on its position within the circuit breaker; a non-cabled S51 auxiliary contact, which can be used for XT2 or XT4 circuit breakers; a cabled auxiliary contact, with non numbered cables. By changing the placement in the circuit breaker, it's possible to obtain different signals (Q or SY). This version is available with standard cables and with a heavy duty (600V) cable option. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/21 Accessories Electrical accessories Combinations of cabled auxiliary contacts with XT1 numbered cables 3/4p 1 Q + 1 SY 24V DC XT3 XT4 3/4p 3/4p 3/4p F-P F-P-W F-P F-P-W - - F-P-W F-P F-P-W F-P-W - F-P-W F-P F-P-W F-P F-P-W F-P-W F-P-W F-P-W - - F-P-W F-P F-P-W 1 S51 250V AC/DC - - - - F-P-W - F-P-W 3 Q on left 250V AC/DC F-P F-P F-P F-P 2 Q + 1 SY 250V AC/DC F-P F-P F-P F-P (1) 3 Q + 1 SY 24V DC 1 S51 24V DC 1 Q + 1 SY 250V AC/DC (1) 2 Q + 2 SY + 1 S51 250V AC/DC 3 XT2 3 Q + 2 SY 250V AC/DC 3 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC F-P-W F = Fixed, P = Plug-in, W = Withdrawable (1) Available in standard and HD versions Auxiliary contacts 24V DC - 250V AC/DC Circuit breaker 3p Circuit breaker 4p 2Q 2Q XT1 3Q on Left 1 SY 3Q on Left 3Q 3Q XT3 3Q on Left 1 SY 3Q on Left XT2 XT4 3/22 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 2Q 1 S51 or 1 Q 1 SY 2 SY 2 SY 3Q on Left 1 SY 3Q on Left 2Q 1 S51 or 1 Q AUX 250V AC/DC - Electrical specifications Power supply Voltage [V] Class of use (G2.16) 110 AC/DC 125 AC 250 AC/DC Operating current [A] AC DC DC-12 - 0.5 DC-13 and DC-14 - 0.05 AC-12, AC-13, AC-14 6 - AC-15 5 - AC-12 and DC-12 6 0.3 AC-13 and DC-13 6 0.03 AC-14 and DC-14 5 0.03 AC-15 4 - 3 AUX 24V DC - Electrical specifications Cabled auxiliary contact Power supply Voltage [V] Operating current [A] 5 DC 0.01 24 DC 0.1 DC 400V AC auxiliary contacts 400V AC auxiliary contacts are only available for XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers in the following versions: cabled (AWG17 cable section -1mm 2): - for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables; - for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector. The 400V auxiliary contacts take up the whole right-hand slot of the circuit breaker. Combinations XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 3/4p 3/4p 3/4p 3/4p 1 Q + 1 SY 400V - F-P-W - F-P-W 2 Q 400V - F-P-W - F-P-W F = Fixed, P = Plug-in, W = Withdrawable Cabled auxiliary contact for withdrawable circuit breaker Auxiliary contacts 400V AC Circuit breaker 3p Circuit breaker 4p AUX 400V AUX 400V XT2 XT4 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/23 Accessories Electrical accessories AUX 400V AC - Electrical specifications Power supply Voltage [V] Class of use (G2.16) AC DC 125 DC DC-13 and DC-12 - 0.5 250 AC/DC AC-13 and AC-14 12 - DC-12 and DC-13 - 0.3 AC-13 and AC-14 3 - 400 AC 3 Auxiliary position contacts - AUP These contacts allow information about the position of the circuit breaker relative to the fixed part of plug-in or withdrawable versions to be routed outside the circuit breaker itself. Two types of position contact (AUP) are available, at 250V AC/DC and 24V AC/DC: racked-in contact for all plug-in and withdrawable SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers, to be positioned in the fixed part; racked-out contact for all withdrawable SACE Tmax XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers, to be installed in the side part of the withdrawable version. For further details about the electrical specifications of the contacts, consult the "24V DC and 250V AC contacts" section of this chapter. Auxiliary position contact Circuit breaker N racked-in contact N racked-out contact 3/4 poles 4 - 3 poles 2 4 poles 4 XT3 3/4 poles 4 - XT4 3/4 poles 4 2 XT1 XT2 104 102 101 S75I (racked-in) S75I=102 S57I=104 142 144 Withdrawable circuit breaker with racked-in/racked-out contacts 141 S75E (racked-out) S75I=102 S75E=144 3/24 2 Plug-in circuit breaker with racked-in contact 102 101 S75I (racked-in) 104 Operating current [A] SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog S75I=102 S75E=142 S75I=104 S75E=142 Early auxiliary contacts in the handle Early make/break auxiliary contacts - AUE Early contacts in relation to closing (early/make): allow the undervoltage release to be supplied before the main contacts close, in accordance with the IEC 60204-1, VDE 0113 Standards. Early contacts in relation to opening (early/break): allow any electronic devices connected to the system that could be damaged owing to overvoltages generated by the circuit breaker opening operation to be disconnected in advance. The early opening/closing auxiliary contacts can be installed inside the direct and extended rotary handle operating mechanisms for all the SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers (max two contacts @ 400V): - in the cabled version with 1m long cables (AWG20 cable sections); - a dedicated code is available in the withdrawable version which includes the connector for the moving part and fixed part. For further details about the electrical specifications of the contacts, consult the "400V DC contacts" section of this chapter. Motor operators Devices that allow circuit breaker opening and closing to be controlled: in the remote mode, by means of electric controls; locally, directly from the front, by means of special mechanisms. MOD direct action motor operator Position for key lock (key lock is not supplied) Circuit breaker status signal ON-OFF Slot for padlock device Slot for the operating lever AUTO-MANUAL selector Direct action motor operator (MOD) Lever case: under the cover there is the thermal magnetic trip unit rotary switch for setting thermal protection Test pushbutton The direct action motor control is available for XT1 and XT3 and is supplied: complete with 1m long cables; with flange, to replace the standard one supplied with the circuit breaker; with padlock device, only removable when the motor is in the open position. The padlock device accepts up to three 8mm/0.31in padlocks; auxiliary contacts (AU-MO) which allow the motor control mode (manual or auto) signal to be routed outside; (on request) the motor operator can be fitted with a key lock (consult the "Locks" section of this chapter). US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/25 3 Accessories Electrical accessories Operating principles: a selector on the front of the MOD is used for selecting the operating mode: - AUTO: when the selector is in this position, circuit breaker closing can only take place remotely by means of an electric impulse, whereas opening is allowed both remotely and from the front of the motor; - MANUAL: when the selector is in this position, the circuit breaker can only be opened/ closed from the front of the motor by means of the corresponding lever housed in a slot made in the motor itself; operation of the motor operator via remote control is also ensured by permanent electrical opening/closing impulses; the resetting modes shown in the diagrams below depend on the reset wiring diagram chosen by the customer (consult the reset wiring diagrams in the "Electric diagrams") chapter. 3 Operating mode: Manual Close Operating mode: Auto I: ON Close SOR / UVR / SA release tripping Close O: OFF Move the lever to Reset Reset I: ON SOR / UVR / SA release tripping move the lever to Reset move the lever to Close O: OFF Close O: OFF OFF pushbutton remotely Reset OFF pushbutton remotely ON pushbutton remotely O: OFF Stored energy motor operators - MOE and MOE-E Lever to recharge the springs Spring status signal: charged springs/discharged springs Stored energy motor operators (MOE) Transparent lock (optional installation) of the AUTO-MANUAL selector (always supplied). AUTO-MANUAL-LOCKED selector Circuit breaker status signal ON-OFF Opening pushbutton Slot for padlock device Closing pushbutton The MOE or MOE-E stored energy motor operator is available for XT2 and XT4 and is supplied: complete with 1m long cables; complete with connector for the fixed part and moving part of withdrawable devices. If the motor operator is used with fixed or plug-in circuit breakers, the connector can be easily removed; with flange, to use instead of the standard one supplied with the circuit breaker; with padlock device, only removable when the motor is in the open position. The padlock device accepts up to three 8mm/0.31in padlocks; with lock of the AUTO-MANUAL selector; 3/26 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog with auxiliary contacts (AUX-MO) that allow the motor's control mode (manual or remote) signal to be routed outside; (on request) the motor operator can be fitted with a key lock (consult the "Locks" section in this chapter); (on request) the motor operator can be equipped with a lock to safeguard against manual operation MOL-M (consult the "Locks" section in this chapter). Operating principles: a selector on the front of the MOE, is used for selecting the operating mode: - AUTO: when the selector is in this position, the pushbuttons on the front of the motor are locked. Circuit breaker closing can only take place remotely by means of an electric impulse, whereas opening is allowed both remotely and from the front of the motor; - MANUAL: the circuit breaker can only be opened/closed from the front of the motor using the appropriate pushbuttons; - LOCKED: when the selector is in this position, the circuit breaker is in the open position. The padlock device can be withdrawn and the motor locked in the open position; operation of the motor operator via remote control is also ensured by permanent electrical opening/closing impulses. Once an opening command has been given, the next closing command (permanent) is taken over by the motor operator once opening has been completed. Likewise, an opening command is taken over once the previous closing operation has been completed; the resetting modes shown in the diagrams below depend on the reset wiring diagram chosen by the customer (consult the reset wiring diagrams in the "Electric diagrams" chapter). If the electronic trip unit (Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG) with Ekip Com module is used, motor operator MOE-E can be used instead of motor operator MOE. MOE-E allows the digital signals from the monitoring system to be used by means of the release and Ekip Com contacts and to be converted into power signals for operating the motor operator. All the features described above for the MOE motor operator are also valid for the MOE-E version. Operating mode: Manual I: ON discharged springs recharge the springs O: OFF I: ON discharged springs SOR / UVR / SA release tripping O: OFF Operating mode: Auto charged springs OFF pushbutton on the motor discharged springs SOR / UVR / SA release tripping ON pushbutton on the motor O: OFF discharged springs OFF pushbutton remotely O: OFF OFF pushbutton remotely ON pushbutton remotely charged springs US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/27 3 Accessories Electrical accessories Changeover of auxiliary contacts Q (open/closed), SY (relay-tripped) and S51 (trip unit tripping) Circuit breaker with MOE (MANUAL Mode) Normal sequence CB Closed Trip sequence (trip caused by: - SOR, - UVR, - trip test) 3 Trip sequence (trip caused by trip unit) Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 By pressing the Red pushbutton, the CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06 Charging the springs, CB opens Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 By pressing the Green pushbutton, the CB Closes Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06 Charging the springs, CB opens Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 By pressing the Green pushbutton, the CB Closes Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=08 Charging the springs, CB opens Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 By pressing the Green pushbutton, the CB Closes Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 Circuit breaker with MOE (AUTO Mode) Normal sequence CB Closed Trip sequence (trip caused by: - SOR, - UVR, - trip test) Trip sequence (trip caused by trip unit) Electrical specifications SY=96 S51=06 Q=12 SY=98 S51=06 Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06 By pressing the Opening pushbutton remotely, the CB opens By pressing the Closing pushbutton remotely, the CB Closes Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=08 By pressing the Opening pushbutton remotely, the CB opens By pressing the Closing pushbutton remotely, the CB Closes Q=12 SY=96 S51=06 Q=14 SY=96 S51=06 MOD Rated voltage, Un Operating Voltage Q=14 By pressing the Opening pushbutton remotely, the CB opens By pressing the Closing pushbutton remotely, the CB Closes CB Closed MOE and MOE-E [V] - 24 DC - 24 DC [V] - 48...60 DC - 48...60 DC [V] 110...125 AC 110...125 DC 110...125 AC 110...125 DC [V] 220...250 AC 220...250 DC 220...250 AC 220...250 DC [V] 380...440 AC - 380...440 AC - [V] 480...525 AC - 480...525 AC - [% Un] MIN=85% Un; MAX=110% Un Power absorbed on inrush Ps [VA - W] 500 500 300 300 Power absorbed in Pc service [VA - W] 300 300 150 150 Operating frequency Duration (1) Mechanical life Minimum duration of electrical opening and closing command (1) [Hz] 50..60 < 1.5 OP CL [s] < 0.1 < 0.1 TR OP [s] < 0.1 <3 [N operations] 25000 [ms] 150 Total time, from transmission of impulse to opening/closing of circuit breaker 3/28 50..60 CL OP [s] < 0.1 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 25000 150 Connectors for electrical accessories Plug-in circuit breaker In the plug-in version of SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers, the auxiliary circuits can be disconnected by means of two different types of adapter: plug and socket adapter to be fixed on the bottom of the panel: for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4; plug and socket adapter installed on the rear of the circuit breaker and in the fixed part of plugin devices: for XT2, XT4. Plug and socket adapters on the back of the panel Placked and socket adapter placed on the back moving part Plug and socket adapter in the fixed part Cabling of withdrawable version Plug and socket adapters on the panel To make it easier to connect/disconnect auxiliary circuits, wired electrical accessories can be connected to one or more plug and socket connectors to be installed on the back of the panel. 3, 6, 9 and 15-PIN connectors are available. The cables connect/disconnect to and from the connector quickly and easily without any special tools. Consider the number of cables each electrical accessory requires when calculating the number of connectors needed. Accessory Number of cables SOR, UVR, External Neutral 2 1 AUX 3 AUE 4 MOE-E 5 Ekip Com 6 MOE (with AUX-MO), MOD (with AUX-MO) 7 Plug and socket adapters installed on the rear of the circuit breaker and in the fixed part Only for the plug-in versions of Tmax XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers can the auxiliary circuits be automatically disconnected. This is accomplished by an adapter installed on the rear of the circuit breaker and in the fixed part of the plug-in version. The 12-PIN connector can only be used with accessories that function at a voltage not exceeding 250V AC/DC. Cables are connected to/disconnected from the connector quickly and easily with no special tools required. Wiring is to be carried out by the customer. Withdrawable circuit breaker When withdrawable circuit breakers are used, the codes of the electrical accessories specifically designed for this version must be ordered. These dedicated codes contain the wired electrical accessory with connector for both the moving and the fixed parts to be inserted in the side of the fixed part. If the MOE motor operator is ordered, connectors for the fixed part and moving part are always supplied since there is no dedicated code for the withdrawable version. Electrical accessory connectors for withdrawable circuit breakers must all be installed in housings on the right-hand side of their fixed part. This type of connection allows for automatic disconnection of auxiliary circuits when the circuit breaker is withdrawn from the fixed part. If the customer wants to wire the fixed part in advance of the moving part, mounting connectors for the fixed part can be ordered as spare parts. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/29 3 Accessories Electrical accessories Residual current releases Both circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are pre-engineered for assembly combined with residual current releases. Residual current circuit breakers, derived from the circuit breaker, are known as "mixed". In addition to protecting against circuit breakers' typical overloads and short circuits, they also protect people against ground fault currents. This, in turn, protects against direct and indirect contact and the risk of fire. Residual current circuit breakers, derived from the switch-disconnector, known as "pures". They only provide residual current protection and not the protections typical of circuit breakers. "Pures" are only sensitive to ground fault current and are generally used as main switches in small panels for distribution to end users. Using "pure" and "mixed" residual current circuit breakers allows for continuous monitoring of the installation's insulation status. It ensures effective protection against the risk of fire, explosion and, in the case of detecting fault at In<30mA devices, also protects people against indirect and direct contacts, incorporating compulsory measures established by the accident prevention standards and regulations. The residual current releases comply with the following Standards: IEC 60947-2 annex B; IEC 61000: for protection against unwarranted tripping. The table shows all the residual current devices that can be used with the Tmax XT family of circuit breakers: 3 XT1 XT2 3p 4p 3p 4p RC Inst F F F F RC Sel XT1-XT3 F F F F RC Sel 200 Rc Sel XT2-XT4 RC B type 3p 4p XT3 XT4 3p 4p F F-P-W F-P-W F F = Fixed, P = Plug-in, W = Withdrawable All Tmax XT residual current devices: feature microprocessor technology and act directly on the circuit breaker by means of a dedicated opening solenoid (supplied with the residual current release and also available as a spare part) which must be housed in the corresponding slot in the third pole left of the operating lever; do not need an auxiliary supply; they are powered directly from the mains; can be supplied either from above or below; functionality is ensured even with a single phase plus neutral or just two live phases and in the presence of pulsating unidirectional currents with direct components (minimum auxiliary voltage PHASE-NEUTRAL 85 Vrms); all possible connection combinations are permitted, as long as the neutral connection to the first pole on the left in the four-pole version is ensured. 3/30 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog RC Sel 200 residual current releases (type A) XT1 Thanks to its low height, the RC Sel 200 residual current release can be installed in 200mm modules. Its special shape also reduces the installation's footprint if two or more units are to be installed side by side. 3 Power-on LED Alarm and pre-alarm signal LED Magnetic indicator of residual current trip Current setting Time of non-trip setting Test pushbutton Disconnection device for insulation test RC Inst residual current releases for XT1 and XT3 Power-on LED Current setting Magnetic indicator for residual current trip Test pushbutton Disconnection device for the insulation test US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/31 Accessories Electrical accessories RC Sel residual current releases (type A) for XT1 and XT3 3 Power-on LED Alarm and pre-alarm signal LED Current setting Time of non-trip setting Magnetic indicator of residual current trip Test pushbutton Disconnection device for insulation test With RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for XT1 - XT3, available only in Fixed version, it is possible to have rear terminal connection, by ordering RC Rear terminals 4p kits. Current setting Power-on LED Alarm and pre-alarm signal LED Test pushbutton Magnetic indicator of residual current trip Disconnection device for insulation test Time of non-trip setting 3/32 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog RC Sel residual current releases (type A) for XT2 and XT4 The fixed version of the RC Sel residual current release can easily be converted: into the plug-in type: - by ordering the kit for converting the residual current release from the fixed to the plug-in version; into the withdrawable type: - by ordering the kit for converting the residual current release from the plug-in to the withdrawable version. This kit contains the shunt opening release of the withdrawable residual current device to replace the one supplied with the fixed version. The shunt opening release of the withdrawable residual current device contains connectors for both the moving and fixed parts. The 160A frame with residual current withdrawable breaker can be used up to a maximum current of 135A; the 250A frame can be used up to 210A. With the RC Sel residual current release for XT2-XT4, it is possible to use the same terminals for the fixed circuit breaker and for the fixed parts of plug-in and withdrawable circuit breakers. RC B Type residual current release (type B) for XT3 Current setting Power-on LED LED signaling alarm and pre-alarm Magnetic indicator of residual current device trip Test pushbutton Setting fault frequencies Setting non-tripping times The RC B Type residual current release, to be used in conjunction with the XT3 circuit breaker, has the following features: it complies with type B operation, which guarantees sensitivity to residual fault currents with alternating, pulsating alternating and direct current components (IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-2 Annex B, IEC 60755); the maximum frequency band of the residual fault current can be selected (3 steps: 400 - 700 - 1000Hz). The residual current device can therefore be adapted to suit various industrial installation requirements according to the prospective fault frequencies generated on the load side of the release. Typical installations that may require different frequency thresholds from the standard ones (50 - 60Hz) are welding systems for the automobile industry (1000Hz), the textile industry (700Hz), airports and three-phase drives (400Hz) UL Listed. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/33 3 Accessories Electrical accessories Electrical characteristic Residual current devices RC Sel 200mm XT1 3 RC Inst XT1-XT3 RC Sel XT1-XT3 RC Sel XT2-XT4 RC B Type XT3 Primary power supply Voltage [V] 85...690 85...690 85...690 85...690 110...500 Operating frequency [Hz] 45...66 45...66 45...66 45...66 45...66 Fault frequency [Hz] 50-60 50-60 50-60 50-60 400-700-1000 Test operating range [V] 85...500 up to 160 Adjustable trip thresholds [A] 0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3 0.5-1-3-5-10 85...500 up to 160 XT1 up to 250 XT3 0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3 0.5-1-3-5-10 85...690 up to 160 XT2 (2) up to 250 XT4(2) 0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3 0.5-1-3-5-10 110...500 Rated operating current [A] 85...500 XT1 up to 160 XT3 up to 250 0.03-0.1-0.3 0.5-1-3 - n instantaneous 0.1-0.2-0.30.5-1-2-3 <10 W at 500V AC n instantaneous 0.1-0.2-0.30.5-1-2-3 <5 W at 500V AC n instantaneous 0-0.1-0.2-0.30.5-1-2-3 <10 W at 500V AC Selective type S up to 225 0.03-0.05-0.1 0.3-0.5-1 Power input n instantaneous 0.1-0.2-0.30.5-1-2-3 <10 W at 500V AC <8 W at 500V AC Trip Coil with switch contact for trip signal n n n n n Input for remote controlled opening command n - n n n Adjustable NON-trip time settings [s] at 2xIn instantaneous NO contact for pre-alarm signal n - n n n NO contact for alarm signal n - n n n n - n n n n - n n n Prealarm indication from 25% In. Steady yellow LED light Alarm timing indication at 75% In. Flashing yellow LED light (1) Type A for pulsating alternating current, Type AC for alternating current Type B for pulsating current and direct current n n n n n - - - - n indication of alarm timing at 90% In for 30mA (2) plug-in and withdrawable version:the 160 frame can be used with a max In = 135A the 250 frame can be used with a max In = 210A (1) Toroid 3/34 SACE RCQ020/A panel type residual current release (type A) Tmax circuit breakers can also be used in conjunction with RCQ020 panel type residual current relays with separate toroid to be installed on the line conductors ("/A" letter show the necessity to have on auxiliary power supply). Thanks to its wide range of settings, the panel relay is suitable for: applications where the installation conditions are particularly restrictive, such as circuit breakers already installed or limited space in the circuit breaker compartment; creating a residual current protection system coordinated at various distribution levels, from the main switchboard to the end user; where residual current protection with low sensitivity is required, e.g. in partial (current) or total (time) selective chains; highly sensitive applications (physiological sensitivity) for protecting people against direct contacts. Thanks to the 115-230...415V external auxiliary power supply, the RCQ020 panel-type residual current device is able to detect current leakage from 30mA to 30A and to act with a trip time that can be adjusted from instantaneous to delayed by 5s. The opening mechanism is the indirect action type and acts on the circuit breaker release mechanism by means of the shunt opening or undervoltage release of the circuit breaker itself. The opening command to the circuit breaker (Trip delay) can be temporarily inhibited, and the circuit breaker can be opened by remote control by means of the RCQ020 device. The following equipment must be requested when ordering: the RCQ020 device; an opening coil (SOR) or an undervoltage release (UVR) of the circuit breaker to be housed in the corresponding slot in the left pole of the circuit breaker itself; a closed toroid with a diameter from 60mm to 185mm that can be used for cables and busbars. SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Signals available: LED to indicate the residual current device's status (supplied or not supplied). RCQ02 is equipped with a positive safety function that commands automatic circuit breaker opening in the absence of auxiliary voltage; LED for signaling faults; LED for signaling tripping of the residual current device; pre-alarm/alarm/trip electrical signals. LED signaling the status of the residual current device Protection threshold from 30mA at 30A Trip time adjustable from instantaneous to 5s Dip-switch to set the signaling status Reset pushbutton Test pushbutton RCQ020/A residual current release Power supply Voltage AC [V] Operating frequency Inrush current [Hz] 115-230...415 45/66Hz @115V AC 500mA for 50ms @230V AC 150mA for 50ms @415V AC 100mA for 50ms Power input at full rate 2 [VA] / 2 [W] Trip threshold adjustment In [A] 0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3-0.5-1-3-5-10-30 No trip time adjustment [s] instantaneous 0.1-0.2-0.3-0.5-0.7-1-2-3-5 Pre-alarm threshold x In 25% A type for pulsing alternate current n Signals Device powered visual signaling Visual signaling of device not functioning/ not configured Visual signaling of residual current protection n Electrical alarm/pre-alarm signal n Electric trip signal n n n Controls Remotely controlled opening command n Remotely controlled reset command n Operating range of closed transformers Dimensions W x H x D [mm] In max = 250A Use 0.03..30A In max = 400A Use 0.03..30A In max = 800A Use 0.1..30A By means of 4 shielded or twisted conductors. Maximum tolerated length: 15m 96 x 96 x 77 Drilling for assembly on door [mm] 92 x 92 O 60 [mm] toroidal transformer [A] O 110 [mm] toroidal transformer [A] O 185 [mm] toroidal transformer [A] Connection to toroidal transformer Standard IEC 60947-2 annex M US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/35 3 Accessories Accessories for electronic trip units Accessories for electronic trip units Ekip Display Ekip LED Meter External neutral Ekip LS/I - - - Ekip LSI n n n Ekip LSIG n n n Ekip M-LIU - - - Ekip I - - - n n n Distribution protection Motor protection 3 Energy measurement Ekip E-LSIG Ekip Display This unit can be installed on the front of the solid state trip unit to show current values, alarms and protection/communication parameter programming. Display Power-on LED Fixing device Ekip TT or Ekip T&P connector Slot for lead seal Display pushbutton Main features: installation: Ekip Display can easily be installed on the front of the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG and Ekip E-LSIG electronic trip units. It is connected by means of the test connector on the front of the trip unit. Installation is simple and reliable thanks to a specially designed mechanism. It also provides a practical way of fastening the accessories to the circuit breaker in order to prevent undesired access to the dip-switches. Installation can be carried out under any conditions, even with the door closed and the electronic trip unit already on and functioning; functions: Ekip Display has four buttons for browsing through the menus. It functions in the self-supply mode starting from a current of I>0.2xIn circulating through at least one phase. Backlighting is activated in the presence of higher loads, making displayed information more legible. Backlighting comes on in self-supply for a current I>0.4xIn and is always on when there is electronic trip unit auxiliary power supply. Ekip Display: - shows the current, voltage, power and energy values; - shows the settings of the protection functions in Amperes or in In; - shows the protection that caused the release to trip and the fault current (only when there is 24V external voltage or the Ekip TT unit); - allows the trip thresholds of the trip unit to be programmed and the communication parameters to be set on bus system; compatibility: Ekip Display can be fitted even when front accessories, such as the motor, direct and transmitted rotary handles etc. are already installed. It's possible to use Ekip TT or Ekip T&P without removing Ekip Display. It's not possible to use Ekip Displaywith the withdrawable version of circuit breaker. 3/36 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Ekip LED Meter The Ekip LED Meter can be applied to the front of the electronic trip unit. It displays the current values and alarms. L, S, I, G protection LED Power-on LED 3 Ekip TT or Ekip T&P connector Fixing device Slot for lead seal LED signaling the % of current for each phase Timing LED Main features: installation: Ekip LED Meter can be easily installed on the front of Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG and Ekip E-LSIG electronic trip units. It is connected by means of the test connector on the front of the release. Installation is simple and reliable thanks to a specially designed mechanism. It also provides a practical way of fastening accessories to the circuit breaker in order to prevent undesired access to dip-switches. Installation can be carried out under any conditions, even with the door closed and the electronic trip unit already on and functioning; functions: Ekip LED Meter provides an accurate indication of the value of the current circulating in the trip unit. It does this by means of Its. Its different colors allow the normal operation, prealarm and alarm states of the circuit breaker to be recognized at a glance. It functions in self-supply mode from a current of I>0.2xIn circulating through at least one phase or when electronic trip unit's auxiliary power is available; compatibility: the Ekip LED Meter can also be fitted with front accessories, such as the motor, direct and transmitted rotary handles. Ekip TT or Ekip T&P can be used without removing Ekip LED Meter. Ekip LED Meter cannot be used when the breaker is in the withdrawable version. Current sensor for external neutral The current sensor for external neutral is applied to the uninterrupted neutral conductor. It allows neutral current for all protection functions to be read. Main features: installation: the external neutral current sensor is available for XT2 and XT4 three-pole circuit breakers in the fixed/plug-in and withdrawable version equipped with an Ekip LSI or an Ekip LSIG electronic trip unit. The sensor must be connected to the release with the specific connector, which must be ordered separately. Connection accessories Devices that allow the electronic trip unit to be connected to external plant units or components. These connectors are available for the circuit breakers in fixed, plug-in and withdrawable versions. Connector for 24V Name of connector Trip Units External neutral connector Ekip LSI - Ekip LSIG - Ekip E-LSIG Connector for 24V DC auxiliary power supply Ekip LSI - Ekip LSIG - Ekip E-LSIG The connector for the auxiliary power supply is inserted inside the right-hand slot of the circuit breaker, and occupies the space of two due auxiliary contacts. To check compatibility with the auxiliary contacts, consult the compatibility tables in this chapter. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/37 Accessories Communication devices and systems HMI030 interface on the front of the switchboard HMI030 is an interface on the front of the switchboard and is usable with protection trip units fitted with Ekip Com. LED signaling the % of current for each phase 3 Alarm LED Display Display pushbutton Main features: installation: HMI030 can be fitted into the hole in the door using the automatic click-in method. In situations where mechanical stress is particularly intense, it can also be installed by using the special clips supplied. It must be connected directly to the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG protection trip unit with Ekip Com via the serial communication line. HMI030 requires a 24V DC power supply; functions: HMI030 consists of a graphic display and 4 buttons for browsing through the menus. This accessory allows you to view: - the measurements taken by the release to which it is connected; - the alarms/events of the release. Thanks to its high level of accuracy, the same as that of the trip unit protection, the device is a valid substitute for conventional instruments without any additional current transformers. communication: HMI030 is provided with two communication lines. Either one can be used. -Modbus - Local Bus. Connecting Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG to the Local Bus allows the Modbus line to be connected to a different communication network. Consult the "Electrical diagrams" chapter for further details about wiring. 3/38 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Ekip Com Ekip Com allows the MOE-E motor operator to be controlled, determines the ON/OFF/TRIP state of the circuit breaker and connects the electronic trip unit to a Modbus communication line. Ekip Com is available in two versions: one for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers and one, complete with connectors for both the fixed and moving parts, for withdrawable circuit breakers. Main characteristics: installation: the Ekip Com module is inserted into the special area in the right-hand pole of the circuit breaker and can be fastened without screws or tools. To connect with the trip unit, a special cable that is fitted with a cable guide is used to ensure an easy and safe installation. The Modbus line is connected by means of a terminal box, to which a 24V DC auxiliary power supply must be connected. The connection of the Modbus line is made by means of the terminal box to which a 24V DC auxiliary power supply must also be connected. The auxiliary power activates both the module and the protection trip unit; functions: the Ekip Com module allows for remote reading of the circuit breaker's status. In combination with an MOE-E motor operator, it can open/close the circuit breaker remotely. Combined with a trip unit fitted with a communication device (Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG), the Ekip Com module allows the trip unit's connection to a Modbus network. This allows protections to be programmed, measurements to be taken and alarms to be sent when it's connected to a control and/or monitoring system. Connected to the HMI030 interface, these data can be displayed directly on the front of the switchboard. For further details on the communication systems which can be made by means of the Ekip Com module, refer to the "Communication systems" section in the "Ranges" chapter. Ekip Com Circuit breaker 3p Circuit breaker 4p Ekip Com Ekip Com XT2 XT4 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/39 3 Accessories Communication devices and systems Ekip Connect Installation and diagnosis software for ABB SACE products with Modbus RTU communication. The software can be used during the commissioning stage, or for troubleshooting in an up and running communication network. 3 Ekip Connect automatically scans the RS-485 bus, detects all the connected devices and checks their configuration, all possible addresses, parity and baud rate combinations. A simple click over SCAN will highlight: devices that fail to respond; configuration errors; incorrect addresses and parity; any wiring errors (with the SACE electronic trip unit); achieving a complete diagnosis of the communication network. This user-friendly software makes installing the Modbus communication network very easy. Ekip Connect can be downloaded free of charge from the BOL (http://bol.it.abb.com) or ABB (www.abb.com) websites. 3/40 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Accessories Test and configuration accessories Ekip T&P Ekip T&P Ekip T&P is a kit used to monitor, configure and test electronic protection trip units. The kit includes: Ekip T&P unit; Ekip TT unit; Adapters for Emax and Tmax trip units; USB cable for connecting the Ekip T&P unit to the electronic trip unit; CD for installing Ekip Connect and the Ekip T&P driver. The Ekip T&P unit is connected on one side to the USB port of a PC and on the other, by means of a cable provided, to the protection trip unit of the SACE Tmax XT series. The Ekip T&P unit allows automatic, manual and trip tests of the device it is connected to. These functions are managed by means of the Ekip T&P Interface which can only be activated directly by the Ekip Connect when the Ekip T&P is present and connected to the PC. Ekip TT Ekip TT The Ekip TT accessory is supplied with a special connector to facilitate connection between the electronic trip unit and the Ekip TT unit. The kit also includes an adapter that allows the Ekip TT unit to be used with the current Tmax breakers. Ekip TT is a device which allows: verification that the electronic trip unit's opening solenoid and the circuit breaker's trip mechanism (trip test) are functioning properly; testing the LEDs on the electronic trip unit it's connected to; supplying auxiliary power to show the most recent protection interruption in the event of an intervention by the electronic unit. Simply linking Ekip TT to the electronic trip unit (or to the Ekip display or Ekip LED Meter), illuminates the LED light on the most recently interrupted protection. Its reduced dimension makes it pocket sized. Ekip T&P functions Ekip TT functions Trip test Protection function test Parameter reading Protection parameter programming Communication parameter programming Thermal memory enabling/ disabling Trip test LED test Latest trip detection Ekip LS/I n n n - - n n n n Ekip LSI n n n n n n n n n Ekip LSIG n n n n n n n n n n n n Distribution protection Ekip E-LSIG n n n n n - Ekip M-LIU n n n - - - n n n Ekip I n n n - - - n n n Motor protection US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/41 3 Accessories Automatic network-generator transfer unit ATS021-ATS022 3 ATS021 ATS022 3/42 The ATS (Automatic Transfer Switch) is the network-generator transfer unit used in installations where switching the main power line to an emergency one is required, in order to ensure power supply to the loads in the case of anomalies in the main line. The unit is able to manage the entire transfer procedure automatically, and prepares the commands for carrying out the procedure manually as well. In the case of an anomaly in the main line voltage, in accordance with the parameters set by the user, the opening of the circuit breaker of the main line, the starting of the generator set (when provided) and the closing of the emergency line are performed. In the same way, in the case of the main line returning, the procedure of reverse transfer is controlled automatically. The new generation of ATS (ATS021 and ATS022) offers the most advanced and complete solutions to ensure service continuity. The ATS021 and ATS022 can both be used with all the circuit breakers in the SACE Tmax XT family and with the switch-disconnectors. ATS021 and ATS022 devices have been designed to operate on self-supply. The ATS022 unit also prepares the connection for auxiliary power supply, allowing additional functions to be used. ATS021 and ATS022 devices control both of the the power supply lines and analyze: phase unbalance; frequency unbalance; phase loss. Apart from its standard control functions, the ATS022 unit makes it possible to: select the priority line; controlling a third circuit breaker; incorporate it into a monitoring system with Modbus communication (auxiliary power supply is needed); read/set parameters and show measurements and alarms on a graphic display. Typical applications include: power supply to UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply) units, operating rooms and primary hospital services, emergency power supply for civil buildings, airports, hotels, data banks and telecommunication systems, power supply of industrial lines for continuous processes. For correct configuration, each circuit breaker connected to the ATS021 or ATS022 must be fitted with the following accessories: mechanical interlock; motorized control of opening and closing; key lock against purely manual operation for the motor operator; contact for signaling the status (open/closed) and contact for tripped; contact for racked-in (in the case of a withdrawable version circuit breaker). SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Accessories Test and configuration accessories ATS021 ATS022 Not Required Not Required General Auxiliary Power Supply (24-110V DC is required only for Modbus dialog and 16 2/3 Hz system) Rated Voltage, Un [VAC] Max 480 Max 480 Frequency [Hz] 50, 60 16 2/3, 50, 60, 400 Dimensions (HxLxD) [mm] 96x144x170 96x144x170 Type of installation Door mounting Door mounting DIN-rail mounting DIN-rail mounting Auto/Manual Auto/Manual Operating Mode 3 Features Monitoring of the Normal and Emergency lines n n Controlling CBs of the Normal and Emergency lines n n Generator set startup n n Generator set shutdown with adjustable delay n n Bus-tie - n No-priority Line - n Modbus RS485 - n Display - n Operating temperature -20...+60 C -20...+60 C Humidity 5% - 90% without condensation 5% - 90% without condensation Ambient conditions Align flush left thresholds Minimum voltage -30%...-5%Un -30%...-5%Un Maximum voltage +5%...+30%Un +5%...+30%Un Fixed frequency thresholds -10%...+10%fn -10%...+10%fn n n Test Test Mode Compliance with standards Electronic equipment for use in power installations EN-IEC 50178 EN-IEC 50178 Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50081-2 EN 50081-2 EN 50082-2 EN 50082-2 Environmental conditions IEC 68-2-1 IEC 68-2-1 IEC 68-2-2 IEC 68-2-2 IEC 68-2-3 IEC 68-2-3 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/43 Accessories Compatibility of accessories 3p Check whether the different devices are compatible/incompatible with each other when ordering accessories. The following table provides a simple check between: mechanical accessories, accessories for electronic trip units and motors; internal electrical accessories. To better understand the abbreviations used to identify the accessories, refer to the "Symbols" paragraph in chapter 8, "Glossary". 3 Example of reading the compatibility tables Three-pole circuit breaker Fixed/plug-in circuit breaker compatibility XT1-XT3 SOR 3p UVR 3p 3Q 3p SOR 3p 4p 3p UVR 3p 1 2 3 4 3Q sx 3p SOR 4p UVR 4p 5 SOR 4p UVR 4p ..... 6 ..... The UVR positioned in the slot of the 3rd pole(1) is: - incompatible with the SOR positioned in the 3rd pole(2); - incompatible with the UVR positioned in the 3rd pole(3); - incompatible with the 3Q contacts on the left in the 3rd pole(4); - compatible with the SOR positioned in the slot of the 4th pole(5); - compatible with the UVR positioned in the slot of the 4th pole(6). -.... Four-pole circuit breaker Compatibility of mechanical accessories RHD RHE RHS FLD PLL on CB KLC on CB KLC on RHX KLC on FLD MOD/ Ekip Ekip MOE/ Display LED MOE-E Meter SOR/ 1Q+ UVR/ 1 SY 3 Form C/Q L 3p 2Q+ 1 SY 3Q+ 1 SY RHD RHE PLL on CB KLC on CB RHS FLD KLC on RHX KLC on FLD MOD/MOE/MOE-E (1) Ekip Display Ekip LED Meter SOR/PS-SOR/UVR/3 Form C/Q L 1 Q + 1 SY 2/Q + 1 SY (1) 3 Q + 1 SY (2) Compatibility 3/44 (1) Not valid for XT1 (2) Not valid for XT3 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog (2) Compatibility of electrical accessories Fixed/plug-in circuit breaker compatibility XT1-XT3 SOR 3p UVR 3p SA 3p 3QL 3p SA 3p SOR 4p UVR 4p 3QL 4p 1Q+ 1 SY 2Q+ 1 SY 3Q+ 1 SY KLC on CB MOD SOR 3p UVR 3p 3 Q L 3p SA 3p SOR 4p UVR 4p 3 Q L 4p 1 Q + 1 SY 2 Q + 1 SY 3 Q + 1 SY KLC on CB MOD Compatibility (1) 3 (1) (1) Not valid for XT1 Fixed/plug-in circuit breaker compatibility XT2-XT4 SOR 3p UVR 3p 3Q sx SA 3p AUE SOR internal 4p 3p UVR 4p 3Q sx S51 4p 1Q 1SY 2Q 1SY 3Q SY 3Q 2SY 2Q 400V 2SY 2Q 1S51 400V 1Q 1SY 24V Ekip Com SOR 3p UVR 3p 3Q sx 3p SA KLC on CB AUE internal 3p SOR 4p UVR 4p 3Q sx 4p S51 1Q 1SY 2Q 1SY 3Q 1SY 3Q 2SY 2Q 2SY 1S51 400V 2Q 400V 1Q 1SY 24V Ekip Com KLC on CB Compatibility US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/45 Accessories Compatibility of accessories Withdrawable circuit breaker compatibility XT2-XT4 S51 Ekip Com 24V NE MOE MOE-E AUX- AUE MOE SOR 3p UVR 3p SA SOR 4p UVR 4p 3Q 2SY 2Q 2SY S51 S51 1Q 1SY 3Q 1SY 3Q 2SY 2Q 2SY S51 400V 2Q 400V 1Q 1SY 1Q 1SY 3Q 1SY 3 400V 2Q 400V 1Q 1SY (1) (1) Ekip Com 24V NE MOE MOE-E AUX-MOE AUE SOR 3p UVR 3p SA SOR 4p UVR 4p (1) (1) Compatibility AUX-MOE always supplied with MOE and MOE-E (1) 3/46 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Characteristic curves and technical information Characteristic curves Examples of curve reading 4/2 Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit Trip curves for distribution 4/4 Trip curves for motor protection 4/10 Trip curves with electronic trip unit Trip curves for distribution 4/11 Trip curves for motor protection 4/15 4 Specific let-through energy curves 480V 4/16 600V 4/18 Limiting curves 480V 4/20 600V 4/22 Technical information Temperature performances 4/24 Dissipated powers 4/28 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/1 Example of curve reading Example 1 - XT3N 225 4 Trip curves for distribution (thermal magnetic trip unit) Let us consider an XT3N TMF In = 225A circuit-breaker. According to the conditions the overload is found in; i.e., with the circuit-breaker at thermal regime or not, thermal protection tripping varies considerably. For example, for an overload current 3xI1, the trip time is between 152,7s and 40,2s for cold tripping and between 40,2s and 6,9s for hot tripping. For fault current values higher than 225A. Tthe circuit-breaker trips with the instantaneous magnetic protection I3. t [s] 104 103 152.7 s 102 40.2 s 10 6.9 s 1 3 x I1 10-1 10-2 Example 2 - XT2H 125 Specific let-through energy curves This figure figure shows a sample graph of the specific letthrough energy of the XT2H 125 circuit-breaker at a voltage of 220/230V. The prospective symmetrical short-circuit current is indicated on the abscissas, whereas the values of the specific let-through energy expressed in A2s are shown on the ordinates. The circuit-breaker lets through a value of I 2t equal to 0, 42 * 10^6 * A2s relative to a short-circuit current of 14kA. 10-1 I2t [106 A2s] 1 10 -2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 102 x I1 10 14 kA 10 -1 4/2 10 1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] Example 3 - XT2L 125 Ip [kA] 10 3 Limitation curves The figure at right gives the trend of the Limitation curves of the XT2L 125 In = 125A circuit-breaker. The effective value of the prospective symmetrical short-circuit current is given on the abscissas of the diagram, whereas the peak value corresponding to the prospective short-circuit current is indicated on the ordinates. For a value current of 22kA, the XT2L 125 circuit breaker with a thermal magnetic trip unit In = 125A limits the peak prospective short-current current to 18kA at a voltage of 600V. 10 2 4 18 kA 10 1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/3 Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT1 125 TMF In=15..30A XT1 125 TMF In=35...50A t [s] t [s] 103 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 In=15A 10-1 10-1 In=45A In=30A In=50A 10 1 10-2 102 x I1 XT1 125 TMF In=60...100A 103 10 102 x I1 10 102 x I1 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 10-1 4/4 1 t [s] 104 10-1 I3=10xIn 10-1 10-1 XT1 125 TMF In=125A t [s] 10-2 In=40A In=25A 1 1SDC21017EF0001_D 10-2 In=35A 10-1 In=20A 1SDC21017EF0001_C 4 104 1SDC21017EF0001_B 1SDC21017EF0001_A 104 10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 102 x I1 10-2 I3=10xIn 10-1 1 XT2 125 TMF In=15...30A XT2 125 TMF In=35...50A t [s] t [s] 103 104 1SDC21018EF0001_B 1SDC21018EF0001_A 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 4 In=15A 10-1 In=35A 10-1 In=20A In=25A In=40/50A In=30A 10-1 10 1 10-2 102 x I1 XT2 125 TMF In=60...70A 10-1 1 102 x I1 10 102 x I1 XT2 125 TMA In=80...100A t [s] t [s] 1SDC21018EF0001_C 104 103 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 10-1 10-1 I3=10xIn 10-2 10 1SDC21018EF0001_D 10-2 10-1 1 I3=5...10xIn 10 102 x I1 10-2 10-1 1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/5 Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT2 125 TMA In=110...125A XT3 225 TMF In=60..100A t [s] t [s] 103 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 10-1 I3=10xIn 10-1 I3=5...10xIn 10-1 10 1 10-2 102 x I1 XT3 250 TMF In=110..150A 103 102 x I1 10 102 x I1 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 I3=10xIn 10-1 4/6 10 t [s] 104 10-1 1 XT3 250 TMF In=160..225A t [s] 10-2 10-1 1 1SDC21020EF0001_C 10-2 1SDC21018EF0001_B 4 104 1SDC21020EF0001_A 1SDC21018EF0001_E 104 I3=10xIn 10-1 10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 102 x I1 10-2 10-1 1 XT4 250 TMF In=25...50A XT4 250 TMF In=60...70A 103 1SDC21021EF0001_B t [s] 1SDC21021EF0001_A t [s] 104 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 4 In=25A In=30A 10-1 10-1 In=35A In=40...50A 10-1 10 1 10-2 102 x I1 XT4 250 TMF In=80...100A 10-1 1 102 x I1 10 102 x I1 XT4 250 TMF In=110...150A t [s] 1SDC21021EF0001_C t [s] 104 103 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 10-1 10-1 I3=10xIn 10-2 10 1SDC21021EF0001_C 10-2 I3=10xIn 10-1 1 I3=10xIn 10 102 x I1 10-2 10-1 1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/7 Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT4 250 TMF In=160...225A XT4 250 TMF In=250A 103 1SDC21021EF0001_F t [s] 1SDC21021EF0001_E t [s] 104 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 4 10-1 10-1 I3=10xIn 10-1 10 1 10-2 102 x I1 XT4 250 TMA In=80...100A 10-1 1 10 102 x I1 1SDC21021EF0001_G t [s] 104 103 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 10-1 10-1 I3=5...10xIn 4/8 102 x I1 XT4 250 TMA In=110...150A t [s] 10-2 10 1SDC21021EF0001_H 10-2 I3=10xIn 10-1 1 I3=5...10xIn 10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 102 x I1 10-2 10-1 1 XT4 250 TMA In=160...225A XT4 250 TMA In=250A 103 1SDC21021EF0001_L t [s] 1SDC21021EF0001_I t [s] 104 104 103 102 102 10 10 1 1 4 10-1 10-1 I3=5...10xIn 10-2 10-1 1 I3=5...10xIn 10 102 x I1 10-2 10-1 1 10 102 x I1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/9 Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT1 125 MA In=3...125A XT2 125 MA In=125A t [s] t [s] 103 104 1SDC21022EF0001_B 1SDC21022EF0001_A 104 103 Overload limit 102 102 10 10 1 1 Overload limit 4 I3=3...11xIn (In=15...125A) 10-2 10-1 10 1 10-2 102 x I1 XT3 225 MA In=100...200A t [s] 102 x I1 1SDC21022EF0001_C 104 103 Overload limit Overload limit 102 102 10 10 1 1 I3=3...12xIn (In=100...200A) 10-1 4/10 10 1 t [s] 103 10-1 10-1 XT4 250 MA 80...250A 104 10-2 I3=4...11xIn (In=125A) 10-1 I3=4...11xIn (In=3...7A) 1 1SDC21022EF0001_D 10-1 I3=5...10xIn (In=80...250A) 10-1 10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 102 x I1 10-2 10-1 1 10 102 x I1 Trip curves with electronic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT2 Ekip LS/I L-I functions XT2 Ekip LS/I L-S functions 0.4...1 1 0.4 103 1 1...10 104 1SDC21012GF0001 t [s] 1SDC21011GF0001 t [s] 104 0.4...1 1 0.4 1 103 10 1...10 10 102 102 4 10 10 102 1 10-1 10-1 10-2 10-2 10-3 10 x In 1 10-1 1 10 I [kA] XT2 Ekip I I function 10-3 10 x In 1 10-1 10-1 1 10 I [kA] XT2 Ekip LSI L-S-I functions t [s] t [s] 1 1SDC21013GF0001 104 10 103 104 1SDC21014GF0001 10-1 102 1 0.4...1 1 0.4 103 1...10 Overload limit 102 102 10 10 1 10 1 10 I2t ON 102 1 10-1 102 1 10-1 I2t OFF 10-2 10-2 10-3 10-1 1 10 x In 10-1 1 10 I [kA] 10-3 10-1 1 10 x In 10-1 1 10 I [kA] US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/11 Trip curves with electronic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT2 Ekip LSIG L-S-I functions XT2 Ekip LSIG G function t [s] t [s] 0.4...1 1 0.4 103 104 1SDC21016GF0001 1SDC21015GF0001 104 0.2...1 0.2 1 103 1...10 1 10 102 102 4 1...10 1 10 10 10 I2t ON 102 1 1 Inhibited for I>2 In 10-1 10-1 I2t OFF 10-2 10-2 10-3 10 x In 1 10-1 10-1 1 10 I [kA] XT4 Ekip LS/I L-I functions 10-3 XT4 Ekip LS/I L-S functions 0.4...1 1 0.4 103 1 1...10 104 1...10 10 10 10 10 102 1 10-1 10-2 10-2 10 x In SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 10-1 1 10 I [kA] 102 1 10-1 4/12 1 1 103 102 1 0.4...1 0.4 102 10-3 1SDC21018GF0001 t [s] 1SDC21017GF0001 t [s] 104 10-1 102 x In 10 1 10-1 10-3 10-1 1 10 x In 10-1 1 10 I [kA] XT4 Ekip I I function XT4 Ekip LSI L-S-I functions t [s] t [s] 10 103 104 1SDC21020GF0001 1 1SDC21019GF0001 104 0.4...1 1 0.4 103 Overload limit 1...10 1 102 10 102 4 1...10 10 1 10 102 1 10-1 10 I2t ON 102 1 10-1 I2t OFF 10-2 10-2 10-3 10 x In 1 10-1 10-1 1 10 I [kA] XT4 Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG L-S-I functions 10-3 10 x In 1 10-1 10-1 1 10 I [kA] XT4 Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG G function t [s] t [s] 0.4...1 1 0.4 103 1 1...10 104 1SDC21022GF0001 1SDC21021GF0001 104 0.2...1 0.2 1 103 10 102 102 1...10 1 10 10 10 I2t ON 102 1 1 Inhibited for I>2 In 10-1 10-1 I2t OFF 10-2 10-2 10-3 10-1 1 10 x In 10-1 1 10 I [kA] 10-3 10-1 1 10 102 x In US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/13 Trip curves with electronic trip unit Trip curves for distribution XT4 Ekip E-LSIG OV protection XT4 Ekip E-LSIG UV protection t [s] t [s] 1.05...1.2 1.2 1.05 103 102 104 1SDC21035GF0001 1SDC21034GF0001 104 0.5...0.95 0.5 0.95 103 102 4 10 10 5 1 5 1 0.1...5 10-1 0.1...5 10-1 0.1 10-2 0.1 10-2 10-3 10-3 1 4/14 1.05 1.1 1.15 1.2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1.25 1.3 x Un 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 x Un Trip curves with electronic trip unit Trip curves for motor protection XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU (hot trip) t [s] 1SDC21070GF0001 104 103 ratio t-hot/t-cold 1.2 1SDC21024GF0001 XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU L function (cold trip) 1 3E 20EC 102 10 0.4 10-1 0.2 10 1 10 1 10 2 t-off [s] XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU U function t [s] 104 1SDC21040EF0001 1SDC21025GF0001 t [s] 103 102 6 13 10 102 1 10 10-1 1 10-2 10-1 10-3 4 0 10 2 x In XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU I function 103 20E 0.6 1 10-1 10E 0.8 3EC 10-2 5E 10-1 1 10 10 2 x In 10-2 10-1 1 10 10 2 x In US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/15 Specific let-through energy curves 480V XT2L 1SDC21051GF0001_A I2t [106 A2s] 10 I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 1 10 -1 10 -1 1SDC21051GF0001_B XT2H 4 10 -2 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -2 XT2V 1SDC21051GF0001_C I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 10 -1 10 -2 1 4/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4L 1SDC21051GF0001_G I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 I2t [106 A2s] 10 1SDC21051GF0001_H XT4H 1 4 10 -1 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -2 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4V 1SDC21051GF0001_I I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 10 -1 10 -2 1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/17 Specific let-through energy curves 600V XT2L 1SDC21051GF0001_D I2t [106 A2s] 10 I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 1 10 -1 10 -1 1SDC21051GF0001_E XT2H 4 10 -2 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -2 XT2V 1SDC21051GF0001_F I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 10 -1 10 -2 1 4/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4L 1SDC21051GF0001_L I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 I2t [106 A2s] 10 1SDC21051GF0001_M XT4H 1 4 10 -1 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -2 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4V 1SDC21051GF0001_N I2t [106 A2s] 10 1 10 -1 10 -2 1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/19 Limiting curves 480V XT2L 1SDC21052GF0001_A Ip [kA] 10 2 Ip [kA] 10 2 10 10 1 1 1SDC21052GF0001_B XT2H 4 10 -1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -1 XT2V 1SDC21052GF0001_C Ip [kA] 10 2 10 1 10 -1 1 4/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4L 1SDC21052GF0001_G Ip [kA] 10 2 10 Ip [kA] 10 2 1SDC21052GF0001_H XT4H 10 4 1 10 -1 1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4V 1SDC21052GF0001_I Ip [kA] 10 2 10 1 10 -1 1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/21 Limiting curves 600V XT2L 1SDC21052GF0001_D Ip [kA] 10 2 Ip [kA] 10 2 10 10 1 1 1SDC21052GF0001_E XT2H 4 10 -1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -1 XT2V 1SDC21052GF0001_F Ip [kA] 10 2 10 1 10 -1 1 4/22 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4L 1SDC21052GF0001_L Ip [kA] 10 2 10 Ip [kA] 10 2 1SDC21052GF0001_M XT4H 10 4 1 10 -1 1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] 10 -1 1 10 10 2 10 3 x Irms [kA] XT4V 1SDC21052GF0001_N Ip [kA] 10 2 10 1 10 -1 1 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/23 Temperature performance All Tmax XT circuit-breakers can be used under the following environmental conditions: -25C +70C: range of atmospheric temperature where the circuit-breaker is installed; -40C +70C: range of atmospheric temperature where the circuit-breaker is stored. Circuit-breakers fitted with a thermal magnetic trip unit have the thermal element set for a reference temperature of +40C. With the same setting, for temperatures other than +40C, there is a variation in the thermal trip threshold as indicated in the tables below. 4 XT1 - TMF In [A] 15 20 25 30 40 45 50 60 70 90 100 110 125 30C 16 21 26 32 42 48 53 63 74 95 105 115 131 40C 15 20 25 30 40 45 50 60 70 90 100 110 125 50C 14 19 23 28 38 42 47 56 66 85 94 103 117 60C 13 18 22 26 35 40 44 52 61 79 88 96 109 70C 12 16 20 24 33 37 41 49 57 73 81 90 102 XT2 - TMF In [A] 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 30C 16 21 26 32 37 42 53 63 74 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 50C 14 19 23 28 32 37 47 56 66 60C 13 17 22 26 31 35 43 52 61 70C 12 16 20 24 28 32 40 49 57 XT3 - TMF In [A] 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 30C 63 74 84 95 105 116 132 158 185 211 237 40C 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 50C 56 66 75 84 93 102 116 140 163 186 210 60C 52 60 69 78 87 95 108 130 151 173 194 70C 49 56 64 72 80 88 100 121 141 161 181 XT4 - TMF In [A] 25 30 32 35 40 50 60 63 70 30C 27 34 36 37 43 54 64 67 75 40C 25 30 32 35 40 50 60 63 70 50C 23 25 27 32 37 46 56 58 65 60C 21 23 24 30 34 42 51 53 58 70C 19 20 21 26 30 39 45 48 51 4/24 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT2 - TMA 30C 40C 50C 60C 70C In [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] 80 59 84 56 80 53 75 49 70 46 65 90 66 95 63 90 59 84 55 78 51 73 100 74 105 70 100 65 93 61 87 57 81 110 81 116 77 110 72 103 67 96 62 89 125 92 132 88 125 82 117 76 109 71 101 XT4 - TMA 30C 40C 50C 60C 4 70C In [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] 80 60 86 56 80 52 74 46 66 41 58 90 67 95 63 90 60 86 54 77 47 68 100 74 106 70 100 67 95 60 85 53 75 110 83 118 77 110 71 101 65 92 59 84 125 94 134 88 125 81 115 74 105 67 95 150 110 158 105 150 98 141 90 128 85 122 175 129 184 123 175 116 166 107 153 98 140 200 147 210 140 200 133 190 123 175 112 160 225 168 241 158 225 146 208 133 190 119 170 250 183 262 175 250 168 240 161 230 154 220 The electronic overcurrent trip units do not undergo any variations in performance as the temperature varies. However, even if heating does not affect the trip thresholds of the electronic trip units, in the case of temperatures exceeding +40C, it is advisable to reduce the maximum setting for protection against overloads (L) to preserve the copper parts of the circuit-breaker against high temperatures. The same considerations apply to the switch-disconnectors and magnetic only circuit-breakers. The table and graph below show the maximum adjustment at which the threshold I1 of the overcurrent protection (L) must be set according to the ambient temperature and to the type of terminals used. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/25 Temperature performance XT2 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors T[C] 40C 50C 60C Imax[A] 125 112 97 70C 79 XT2 Ekip - MCP - MCS 1SDC21068GF0001_A In [A] 130 125 115 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 T [C] XT4 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors T[C] 40C 50C 60C Imax[A] 250 224 194 70C 158 XT4 Ekip - MCP - MCS In [A] 270 1SDC21068GF0001_B 4 120 260 250 240 230 220 210 200 190 180 170 160 150 30 4/26 35 40 45 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 50 55 60 65 70 T [C] XT1 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors T[C] 40C 50C 60C Imax[A] 125 112 97 70C 79 XT1 MCS - MCP 1SDC21068GF0001C In [A] 130 125 120 4 115 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 T [C] XT3 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors T[C] 40C 50C 60C Imax[A] 225 201 174 70C 142 XT3 MCS - MCP 1SDC21068GF0001_D In [A] 255 245 235 225 215 205 195 185 175 165 155 145 135 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 T [C] US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/27 Dissipated powers Molded case circuit breakers Trip unit In [A] XT1 [W/pole] XT2 [W/pole] XT3 [W/pole] XT4 [W/pole] TM 15 1.3 1.1 - - 20 1.8 1.6 - - 25 2.0 1.8 - 2.7 30 1.8 2.3 - 3.9 35 2.0 2.8 - 4.4 40 2.6 3.7 - 4.5 45 3.0 - - - 50 3.7 4.1 - 4.7 60 3.9 4.4 3.9 4.8 70 3.7 4.4 3.7 5.4 80 4.8 5.8 4.8 5.5 90 5.7 6.6 4.5 6.0 100 7.0 8.1 5.6 6.2 110 8.3 8.8 5.8 6.7 125 10.7 11.4 6.6 7.4 150 - - 6.9 7.8 160 - - 7.9 8.9 175 - - 10.1 9.1 200 - - 13.2 11.9 225 - - 14.4 13.3 Ekip LS/I 250 10 - 0.1 - 16.4 - Ekip I 25 - 0.8 - - Ekip LSI 40 - - - 0.6 Ekip LSIG 60 - 1.5 - 1.3 100 - 4.2 - 3.5 125 - 6.6 - - 150 - - - 7.8 225 - - - 13.3 250 - - - 16.4 4 Ekip E-LSIG Values refers to fixed version Motor protection In [A] XT1 [W/pole] XT2 [W/pole] XT3 [W/pole] XT4 [W/pole] 3 1.4 3.7 - - 7 3.2 9.3 - - 15 1.1 6.4 - - 25 - - - 2.6 30 2.3 3.8 - - 50 3.1 5 - 6.8 70 5.3 5.5 - - 80 5.3 6.8 - 5.5 100 6.6 8.1 4.5 6.2 110 - - 3.3 6.7 125 10.3 14 4,1 7.4 150 - - 6,5 7.8 175 - - - 9.1 200 - - 8.6 11.9 225 - - - 13.3 250 - - - 16.4 Values refers to fixed version 4/28 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/2 Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/5 Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/8 Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/16 Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/19 Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/23 Tmax XT2 Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/24 Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/27 Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/30 Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/36 Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/38 Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/42 Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/46 Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/49 Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/54 Tmax XT3 Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/58 Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/61 Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/65 Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/68 Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/74 Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/77 Tmax XT4 Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/78 Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/81 Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/85 Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/91 Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/95 Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/99 Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/103 Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/105 Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/109 Tmax XT - Common accessories 5/111 Distances to be respected 5/113 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/1 5 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Mounting on the backplate Captions 101.2 (4P) 3.98 1 Insulating plate (compulsory) 83 3.27 96 3.78 78 3.07 38.1 1.5 2 Overall dimension of optional wiring ducts 25 0.98 25 0.98 70 2.76 25 0.98 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 4 65 2.56 1 0.04 45 1.77 1.1Nm 45 1.77 71 2.8 76.2 (3P) 3.0 3 0.12 1SDC21000HF0001 1 0.04 16 5 41 1.61 130 5.12 14 0.55 1 0.04 0.63 4 Front carter obligatory for through door of the panel 25mm/0,98" 2 0.08 1 0.04 101 3.97 1 A With standard flange III - IV 74 Without flange III - IV 71 III - IV 79 Mounting on DIN 50022 rail 101.2 3.98 Captions 1 Mounting bracket 83,5 3.29 76.2 3.0 2 Overall dimension of optional wiring ducts 25 0.98 25 0.98 71,5 2.81 25 0.98 1,5 0.06 45 1.77 35 1.38 107 4.21 130 5.12 5 Insulating plate (compulsory) 5.5 0.22 4 Optional front cover for DIN rail 21.5 0.85 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1 0,04 1 0,04 38.1 1.5 5/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1 0,04 7,5 0.29 5 102,5 4.04 1SDC21001HF0001 1.1Nm 1 0,04 Drilling template for circuit breaker mounting 25 0.98 25 0.98 3 POLES O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 - M4 4 POLES 1SDC21002HF0001 107 4.21 107 4.21 53.5 2.11 53.5 2.11 25 0.98 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 - M4 5 Flanges Captions 87 3.42 112 4.41 1 Flange for circuit breaker III 82 3.23 3 Flange for fixed III-IV with direct motor operator (MOD) 82 3.23 2 Flange for circuit breaker IV 4 Flange for III-IV with direct rotary handle (RHD) 5 Optional flange 91 3.58 85 3.35 1SDC21003HF0001 78 3.07 111 4.37 132.6 5.22 61 2.40 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/3 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 106 4.17 81 3.19 40.5 1.59 A=74 3 POLES A=74 4 POLES Without flange 98 3.86 47 1.85 36.5 1.44 23.5 0.93 A=71 3 POLES A=71 4 POLES 96 3.78 76.2 (3P) 3.0 71 2.8 38.1 1.5 45 1.77 5/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 25 0.98 25 0.98 1SDC21007HF0001 1SDC21006HF0001 73 2.87 30 1.18 57 2.24 28.5 1.12 25 0.98 43 1.69 A=79 3-4 POLES 101.2 (4P) 3.98 With optional flange A=79 3-4 POLES 15 0.59 47 1.85 47 1.85 17 17 0.67 36.5 1.44 1SDC21005HF0001 73 2.87 0.67 5 1SDC21004HF0001 55 2.17 55 2.17 21 0.83 21 0.83 40.5 1.59 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals F MAX 16 0.63 11 0.43 1 Front terminals for busbar connection 24.5 0.96 MAX 5 0.20 O 6.5 O 0.26 6Nm 57.5 2.26 MAX 7.5 0.29 65 2.56 7 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1SDC21008HF0001 Captions Terminals EF 5 Captions 25 0.98 2 Front extended terminals 25 0.98 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) not provided 24.5 0.96 5 0.20 17 0.67 ~100 ~ 3.94 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 25 0.98 O 8.5 O 0.34 171 6.73 1SDC21009HF0001 50 1.97 190 7.48 130 5.12 9 Internal insulating plate compulsory with phase barriers (customer) Terminals ES Captions 145 5.71 4 Front extended spread terminals for busbar connection 40 1.57 40 1.57 47.5 1.87 47.5 1.87 24.5 0.96 5 0.20 7.5 0.29 O 8.5 O 0.34 25 0.98 25 0.98 25 0.98 O 8.5 O 0.34 1SDC21010HF0001 117.5 4.63 6Nm 107.5 4.23 25 0.98 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 25 0.98 117.5 4.63 25 0.98 107.5 4.23 25 0.98 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 6 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 40 1.57 120 4.72 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/5 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Terminals FCCu 25 0.98 25 0.98 24.5 0.96 25 0.98 12 x 12 0.47 x 0.47 2 Front terminal FCCu 46.5 1.83 34 1.34 21.5 0.85 5/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O 8.2 O 0.32 31.5 1.24 6Nm/53 in. lbs 1SDC21014HF0001 10 0.39 7Nm/61.15 in. lbs 20 25 0.98 65 2.56 5 Front terminal for multi-cable connection 25 0.98 10 0.39 25 0.98 71,5 2.81 4 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (compulsory) provided 50 1.97 Captions 0.79 Terminals MC 10 0.39 5 1SDC21013HF0001 57.5 2.26 7Nm/61.15 in. lbs 29 1.14 Captions Terminals R 4 0.15 Captions 115 4.52 3 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker III on sheet 134 5.27 2 Bottom terminal covers with degree of protection IP30 (optional) not provided 67 2.63 1 Adjustable rear terminals 4 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker IV fixing on sheet 5 25 0.98 25 0.98 25 0.98 O 6.5 O 0.25 3.64 105 4.13 2.16 42.5 1.67 55 92.5 25/0.98 15/0.59 6Nm/53 in. lbs 25 0.98 25 0.98 107 4.21 O 4.5 O 0.17 O 4.5 O 0.17 3 POLES O 18 O 0.70 53.5 2.10 57.5 2.26 107 4.21 53.5 2.10 115 4.52 25 0.98 25 0.98 O 18 O 0.70 57.5 2.26 25 0.98 25 0.98 4 POLES 1SDC21085CF0001 25 0.98 115 4.52 25 0.98 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/7 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breakers (RHD) 70 2.76 159.25 6.27 113.75 4.48 110 4.33 O 3.5 O 0.14 101.2 (4P) 3.98 76.2 (3P) 3.0 38.1 1.5 2 0.08 14.5 0.57 (14.5) (0.57) 1.1Nm 52.8 2.08 88 3.46 59.5 2.34 130 5.12 5 DRILLING: SEE DET. "A" 14 0.55 14.5 0.57 2 0.08 108 4.25 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM Captions 2 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker RHD 4 Door drilling template with direct rotary handle 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 81 3.19 200 7.87 1SDC21015HF0001 3 0.12 Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE) 101.2 (4P) 3.98 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE 3 0.12 76.2 (3P) 3.0 2 38.1 0.08 1.5 585.45 23.05 161.70 6.37 70 2.76 46 1.81 2 0.08 47.95 1.89 1.1Nm O 54 O 2.13 130 5.12 14.5 0.57 46.8 1.84 (14.5) (0.57) 1.4Nm 5 1.1Nm 463 18.23 3 0.12 23.5 0.93 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 70 2.76 2 0.08 161.70 6.37 175.43 6.90 46 1.81 2 0.08 47.95 1.89 1.1Nm O5 O 0.20 200 7.87 23.5 0.93 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM 1.1Nm 53 2.08 1SDC21016HF0001 O 54 O 2.13 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 14.5 0.57 (14.5) (0.57) 1.4Nm O5 O 0.20 Captions 1 Transmitted rotary handle 3 Door drilling template with transmitted rotary handle 5 Transmission unit 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/9 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Large rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE-LH) 101.2 (4P) 3.98 161.70 6.37 76.2 (3P) 3.0 2 38.1 0.08 1.5 70 2.76 47.95 1.89 130 5.12 46.8 1.84 14.5 0.57 463 18.23 5 1.1Nm 1 0.04 1 0.04 46 1.81 1 0.04 3 0.12 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE 23.5 0.93 2 0.08 585.45 23.05 2 0.08 O 55 O 2.17 200 7.87 Captions 1 Transmission unit 2 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker 3 Optional wiring ducts 4 Wide type rotary handle 5 Door drilling template with extended rotary handle 5/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O5 O 0.20 1SDC21017HF0001 14.5 0.57 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 O5 O 0.20 33 1.30 101.2 (4P) 3.98 161.70 6.37 76.2 (3P) 3.0 2 0.08 70 2.76 38.1 1.5 47.95 1.89 130 5.12 46.8 1.84 14.5 0.57 53 2.08 5 1 0.04 1 0.04 1.1Nm 46 1.81 3 0.12 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 175.45 6.90 2 0.08 1SDC21018HF0001 1 0.04 Captions 1 Transmission unit 2 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 3 Optional wiring ducts 4 Wide type rotary handle US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/11 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Direct motor operator (MOD) Captions 101.2 (4P) 3.98 76.2 (3P) 3.0 3 Key lock (not provided) 12.6 0.50 4 Direct motor operator (MOD) 207 8.15 70 2.76 5 Drilling template of door with MOD without flange 1.1Nm 2 0.08 38.1 1.55 87 3.42 38.5 1.52 43.5 1.71 54 2.13 77 3.03 172 6.77 3 0.12 1SDC21020HF0001 98 3.86 108 4.25 1.1Nm 5/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21019HF0001 8 25mm phase barriers 49 1.93 5 28.5 1.12 7 Cable connections 130 5.12 6 Drilling template of door with MOD with flange RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 3-pole circuit breaker Captions 106.2 4.18 1 Front terminals for busbar connection 70 76.2 3.00 24.5 2.75 0.96 38.1 1.50 12x12 0.47x0.47 16 0.62 11.5 0.45 67 45 1.77 115 4.52 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 71 2.79 45 1.77 187 7.36 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 2.63 2 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 5 35.5 1.39 5 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 25 0.98 25 0.98 3 0.11 101 3.97 25 0.98 36.5 1.43 O 4.5 O 0.17 40.5 1.59 21 55 0.82 2.16 113.5 4.46 1SDC21095CF0001 47 1.85 17 0.66 105.6 4.15 107 4.21 124 4.88 53.5 2.10 83 3.26 70 2.75 53 2.08 2 0.07 A With standard flange III 74 Without flange III 71 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/13 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 4-pole circuit breaker 131.2 5.16 2 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 12x12 0.47x0.47 45 1.77 115 4.52 67 2.63 35.5 1.39 5 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 25 25 0.98 0.98 2 3 101 0.11 3.97 0.07 70 2.75 25 0.98 83 3.26 78 3.07 107 4.21 124 4.88 36.5 1.43 1SDC21096CF0001 47 1.85 17 0.66 105.6 4.15 25 0.98 53.5 2.10 25 0.98 113.5 4.46 O 4.5 O 0.17 40.5 1.59 55 2.16 21 0.82 5 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 0.96 96 3.73 45 1.77 187 7.36 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 38.1 1.50 70 2.75 16 0.62 1 Front terminals for busbar connection 24.5 101.2 3.98 11.5 0.45 Captions A With standard flange IV 74 Without flange IV 71 5/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog RC Sel 200 4-pole residual current release 1 Front terminals for busbar connection 70 24.5 101.2 3.98 0.96 38.1 1.50 2 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 45 1.77 115 4.52 65 2.56 45 1.77 155.5 6.12 5 35.5 1.39 25 0.98 3 0.11 2 0.07 71 2.79 101 3.97 87.5 3.44 25 0.98 25 0.98 4.21 107 78 3.07 70 2.75 53.5 2.10 25 25 0.98 0.98 168.2 6.62 O 4.5 O 0.17 36.5 1.43 1SDC21097CF0001 47 1.85 152.5 6.00 17 0.66 4 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 96 3.77 83 3.26 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle 2.75 16 0.62 153.2 6.03 11.5 0.45 Captions US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/15 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Mounting on the backplate 25 0.98 Without flange III - IV 121 III - IV 129 41 1.61 124 146 5.75 A With standard flange III - IV 1.1Nm Fixing at 70mm for extended front terminals A With standard flange III - IV 144 Without flange III - IV 141 III - IV 149 76.2 (3P) 3.0 3 0.12 2 0.08 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker 75 2.95 100 3.94 37.5 1.48 37.5 1.48 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 29.5 1.16 29.5 1.16 84 3.31 59 2.32 59 2.32 3 POLES 5/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 84 3.31 29.5 1.16 4 POLES O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 1SDC21023HF0001 25 0.98 25 0.98 50 1.97 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 50 1.97 4 POLES 3 POLES 29.5 1.16 1SDC21022HF0001 50 1.97 25 0.98 35 1.38 25 0.98 50 1.97 35 1.38 74 2.91 74 2.91 5 Fixing at 50mm 38.1 1.5 25 0.98 14 0.55 2 Moving part 25 0.98 1SDC21021HF0001 1 Fixed part 152 5.98 133 5.24 128 5.04 120 4.72 16 0.63 101.2 (4P) 3.98 45 1.77 134 5.27 Captions Flanges Captions 87 3.42 112 4.41 1 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III 82 3.23 82 3.23 2 Flange for circuit breaker IV 5 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III-IV with direct motor operator (MOD) 6 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III-IV with direct rotary handle RHD 5 7 Optional flange 85 3.35 132.6 5.22 111 4.37 91 3.58 1SDC21024HF0001 78 3.07 61 2.40 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/17 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 106 4.17 81 3.19 40.5 1.59 55 2.17 55 2.17 21 0.83 21 0.83 40 1.57 1SDC21025HF0001 5 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 98 3.86 73 2.87 47 1.85 36.5 1.44 23.5 0.93 4 POLES 3 POLES 3-4 POLES 101.2 (4P) 3.98 With optional flange 96 3.78 76.2 (3P) 3.0 71 2.8 38.1 1.5 45 1.77 28.5 1.12 3-4 POLES 5/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 25 0.98 25 0.98 25 0.98 1SDC21028HF0001 1SDC21027HF0001 73 2.87 30 1.18 57 2.24 1SDC21026HF0001 43 1.69 0.67 47 1.85 47 1.85 17 17 0.67 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals EF 50 1.97 25 0.98 25 0.98 25 0.98 20.5 0.81 11 0.43 4 0.16 40.5 1.59 70 2.76 153 6.02 148 5.83 140 5.51 4 0.16 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 O6 O 0.24 1SDC21029HF0001 15.5 0.61 83 3.27 88.5 3.48 6Nm MOUNTING AT 70mm MOUNTING AT 50mm Captions 5 4 Front extended terminals 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Terminals ES 145 5.71 40 1.57 40 1.57 40 1.57 120 4.72 7.5 0.29 25 0.98 25 0.98 47.5 1.87 25 0.98 25 0.98 O 8.5 O 0.34 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 25 0.98 70 2.76 47.5 1.87 25 0.98 25 0.98 24.5 0.96 MAX 5 0.20 O 8.5 O 0.34 83 3.27 57.5 2.26 Captions 1.1Nm 1SDC21030HF0001 133 5.24 143 5.63 90.5 3.56 90.5 3.56 133 5.24 143 5.63 6Nm MOUNTING AT 50mm 3 Front extended spread terminals 6 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 7 Adapter (compulsory) not provided US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/19 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 1x1.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl Captions 1 1x1.5...50mm front terminal FCCuAl 25 0.98 25 0.98 27.5 1.08 25 0.98 9.5 x 9.5 0.37 x 0.37 25 0.98 15 0.59 2 1SDC21089CF0001 83 3.26 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 90.5 3.56 5 Adapter (compulsory) optional 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm 1x35...95mm2 terminals FCCuAl 25 0.98 35 1.37 15 0.59 Terminals FCCu 25 0.98 Captions 24.5 0.96 25 0.98 12 x 12 0.47 x 0.47 12 0.47 4 Terminals FCCu 25 0.98 MOUNTING AT 50mm 5/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21062FF0001 83 3.26 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 90.5 3.56 5 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 1SDC21018FF0001 83 140.5 5.53 124.25 4.89 67.5 2.65 2 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 4.58 1 External terminal FCCuAl 25 0.98 116.5 25 0.98 3.26 Captions Terminals MC 46.5 1.83 34 Captions 73 97 3.81 140.5 5.53 10 0.39 5 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 2.87 3 Front terminal for multi-cable connection 20 0.78 29 1.14 31 1.22 10 0.39 10 0.39 8.2 0.32 2 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 1.33 21.5 0.84 1SDC21091CF0001 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm 0.59 15.2 0.60 15 0.59 57.5 15 2.26 57.5 2.26 15.2 0.60 61.75 2.43 61.75 2.43 57.5 2.26 57.5 2.26 61.75 2.43 61.75 2.43 Terminals HR/VR 8.2 0.32 8.2 0.32 MOUNTING AT 50mm 8.2 0.32 MOUNTING AT 50mm 80.5 3.16 80.5 3.16 73 80.5 2.87 3.16 73 40.5 2.87 1.59 40.5 33 1.59 1.29 33 1.29 Captions 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided 25 25 25 0.98 0.98 0.98 25 25 25 0.98 0.98 0.98 2 Rear horizontal terminals 25 25 25 0.98 0.98 0.98 25 25 25 15 0.98 0.98 0.59 0.98 15 0.59 1 Rear vertical terminals 80.5 73 3.16 2.87 40.5 73 1.592.87 40.5 33 1.59 1.29 33 1.29 8.2 0.32 90 3.54 90 3.54 8.2 0.32 15.2 0.60 90 3.54 90 3.54 15.2 0.60 1SDC21092CF0001 8.2 0.32 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/21 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals HR/VR 6Nm 61.75 2.43 15.2 0.60 4 0.16 15 0.59 57.5 2.26 57.5 2.26 61.75 2.43 6Nm 5 O 8.2 O 0.32 O 8.2 O 0.32 MOUNTING AT 50mm 80.5 3.16 73 2.87 80.5 3.16 73 2.87 Captions 1 Rear vertical terminals 40.5 1.59 33 1.30 40.5 1.59 33 1.30 2 Rear horizontal terminals 4 0.16 O 8.2 O 0.32 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 15.2 0.60 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 1SDC21031HF0001 25 0.98 25 0.98 25 0.98 25 0.98 15 0.59 25 0.98 25 0.98 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided 5/22 MOUNTING AT 50mm Approximate dimensions Tmax XT1 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Direct motor operator (MOD) Captions 257 10.12 101.2 (4P) 3.98 1 Fixed part 120 4.72 76.2 (3P) 3.0 12.6 0.50 2 Moving part 50 1.97 38.1 1.5 3 Key lock (not provided) 4 Direct motor operator (MOD) 146 5.75 6 Drilling template of door with MOD with flange 28.5 1.12 5 Drilling template of door with MOD without flange 5 3 0.12 2 0.08 222 8.74 1SDC21032HF0001 7 Cable connection MOUNTING AT 50mm 87 3.42 43.5 1.71 1SDC21033HF0001 98 3.86 108 4.25 54 2.13 38.5 1.52 49 1.93 77 3.03 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/23 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Fixed circuit breaker mounting on the backplate 120 (4P) 4.72 114 4.49 Captions 1 Insulating plate compulsory 95.5 3.76 90.5 3.56 82.5 3.25 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 5 1 0.04 0.94 1 0.04 73 2.87 4 Front carter compulsory for through door of the panel 25mm/0,98" 4 1 0.04 130 5.12 65 2.56 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 16 0.63 41 1.61 24 2 Optional wiring ducts 30 1.18 A 45 1.77 With standard flange III - IV 86 Without flange III - IV 83.5 84 3.31 III - IV 91.5 90 (3P) 3.54 1 1SDC21034HF0001 1.1Nm 1 0,04 3 0.12 2 0.08 116 4.56 Fixed circuit breaker mounting on DIN EN 50022 rail 120 4.72 114 4.49 Captions 30 1.18 1 Mounting bracket 90 3.54 84 3.31 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 95.5 3.76 90.5 3.56 82.5 3.25 45 1.77 30 1.18 1.5 0.06 16 0.63 73 2.87 41 1.61 35 1.38 24 0.94 3.5 0.14 65 2.56 1 130 5.12 130 5.12 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 65 2.56 2 Insulating plate compulsory 45 1.77 1 0.04 7.5 0.29 45 1.77 2 1SDC21035HF0001 1.1Nm 116 4.56 Drilling templates 45 1.77 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 4 POLES 1SDC21036HF0001 3 POLES 111 4.37 111 4.37 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 5/24 15 0.59 55.5 2.19 15 0.59 55.5 2.19 15 0.59 Flanges Captions 130 5.12 100 3.94 1 Flange for fixed circuit breaker III 109.8 4.32 109.8 4.32 2 Flange for fixed circuit breaker IV 3 Flange for fixed circuit breaker III-IV with MOE and FLD 4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV with direct rotary handle RHD 5 Optional flange 5 85 3.35 111 4.37 104.5 4.11 1SDC21037HF0001 78 3.07 61 2.40 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/25 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 124 4.88 47 1.85 1SDC21039HF0001 1SDC21038HF0001 83 3.27 83 3.27 29 1.14 47 1.85 29 1.14 94 3.70 5 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 116 4.56 47 1.85 23.5 0.93 43 1.69 1SDC21040HF0001 17 0.67 43 1.69 75 2.95 75 2.95 25 0.98 43 1.69 25 0.98 86 3.36 3-4 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 120 (4P) 4.72 With optional flange 114 4.49 90 (4P) 3.54 57 2.24 28.5 1.12 Caption 84 3.31 1 Optional flange 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 134 5.27 153 6.02 1SDC21041HF0001 73 2.87 32 1.26 45 1.77 3-4 POLES A plug-in, mounting at 50mm plug-in, mounting at 70mm 5/26 B 92 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog C 3-4 poles 142 3-4 poles 162 3-4 poles 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 1SDC21041HF0001 Execution With optional flange fixed Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals F O6 O 0.24 5 MAX 0.20 6Nm 58 2.28 7 MAX 0.27 65 2.56 2 Front terminals for busbar connection 18 0.71 25 0.98 1 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided 20 MAX 0.79 12 0.47 1SDC21051HF0001 Captions 5 Terminals EF 30 1.18 Captions 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 17.5 0.69 30 1.18 25.5 1 17.5 0.69 5 0.20 3 Front extended terminals O 8.2 O 0.32 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 6Nm 180 7.09 130 5.12 50 1.97 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 130 5.12 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided O 8.2 O 0.32 50 1.97 4 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) not provided 6 Insulated plate (compulsory) provided for XT2 Ue>440V 7 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 1 0.04 3 POLES 45 1.77 15 0.59 4 POLES 119 4.68 111 4.37 119 4.68 O 2.65 O 0.10 150 5.90 O 2.65 O 0.10 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1SDC21043HF0001 15 0.59 90 3.54 119 4.68 15 0.59 O 4.5 O 0.18 119 4.68 O 4.5 O 0.18 120 4.72 111 4.37 8 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 5/27 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals ES Captions 1 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 30 1.18 30 1.18 52.5 2.07 30 1.18 25.5 1 30 1.18 1 0.04 O 10.5 O 0.41 5 0.20 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 O 10.5 O 0.41 108 4.25 123 4.84 6Nm 4 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided for Ue>440V 5 Insulated plate (compulsory) provided for XT2 Ue>440V 30 1.18 3 POLES 165 6.50 15 0.59 15 0.59 112.5 4.43 O 4.5 O 0.18 4 POLES 195 7.68 45 1.77 15 0.59 55.5 2.19 141 5.55 141 5.55 O 4.5 O 0.18 1SDC21044HF0001 141 5.55 141 5.55 111 4.37 111 4.37 5 30 1.18 7.5 0.29 52.5 2.07 108 4.25 123 4.84 3 Front extended spread terminals 30 1.18 135 5.31 45 1.77 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 2 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 165 6.50 45 1.77 45 1.77 O 2.65 O 0.10 5/28 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O 2.65 O 0.10 Terminals FCCu 30 1.18 14 x 14 0.55 x 0.55 25 0.98 7Nm 61.95 in. lbs 30 1.18 30 1.18 14 x 14 0.55 x 0.55 25 0.98 30 1.18 7Nm 61.25 in. lbs 85 3.35 65 2.56 65 2.56 6 Terminals FCCu 58 2.29 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 30 1.18 ~ 25 ~ 0.98 30 1.18 1SDC21048HF0001 Captions Terminals MC Caption 5 6Nm 15 0.59 27.5 1.08 32 1.26 29 1.14 7Nm 1SDC21049HF0001 O 8.2 O 0.32 10 0.39 10 0.39 10 0.39 20 0.79 115 4.53 72 2.83 6 Multi-cable terminals 40 1.57 3.5 0.13 Terminals R Captions 134 5.27 2 Bottom terminal covers with degree of protection IP30 (optional) provided 116 4.56 67 2.63 1 Rear adjustable terminals 1SDC21006CF0001 3 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker III sheet 4 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker IV sheet 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 18.8 0.74 30 1.18 30 1.18 15 15 0.59 0.59 45 1.77 21 0.82 8.3 0.32 30 1.18 30 1.18 15 0.59 21 0.82 55.5 2.18 58 2.28 111 4.36 116 4.56 55.5 2.18 111 4.36 3 POLES 4.5 0.17 4 POLES 4.5 0.17 1SDC21007CF0001 1SDC21002CF0001 42.5 1.67 55 2.16 116 4.56 92.5 3.64 105 4.13 58 2.28 25 0.98 30 1.18 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/29 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 82.5 3.25 126.3 4.97 171.8 6.76 45.5 1.79 1.1Nm 16.5 0.65 48.8 1.92 (16.5) (0.65) 81 3.19 14.5 0.57 14 0.55 130 5.12 5 40.5 1.59 88 3.46 54.8 2.15 61.5 2.42 O 3.25 O 0.13 3 0.12 120 4.72 2 0.08 200 7.87 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM Captions 2 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker 5/30 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21050HF0001 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 2 45 0.08 1.77 O 3.5 O 0.14 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker (RHD) Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE) 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 2 45 0.08 1.77 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE 3 0.12 82.5 3.25 174.2 6.36 597.95 23.54 46 1.81 2 0.08 47.95 1.89 1.1Nm O 54 O 2.13 130 5.12 16.5 0.65 48.8 1.92 (16.5) (0.65) 1.4Nm 1.4Nm 5 461 18.15 3 0.12 2 0.08 23.5 0.93 187.95 7.40 47.95 1.89 2 0.08 46 1.81 1SDC21052HF0001 O 54 O 2.13 (16.5) (0.65) 1.4Nm O5 O 0.20 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM 156.75 6.17 1.1Nm 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 O5 O 0.20 200 7.87 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 82.5 3.25 16.5 0.65 23.5 0.93 1.4Nm 51 2 Captions 1 Extended rotary handle operating mechanism 3 Door drilling template with extended rotary handle 5 Transmission unit 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/31 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 172 6.77 172 6.77 28 1.10 61.5 2.42 12 0.47 33.5 1.32 45.5 1.79 50.5 1.99 50.5 1.99 15 15 0.59 0.59 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 15 0.59 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 55.5 2.19 91 3.58 4 POLES 55.5 2.19 2 Key lock (not provided) 101 3.97 91 3.58 3 POLES 15 0.59 2 0.08 54.7 2.15 101 3.97 79 3.11 Captions 2 0.08 54.7 2.15 91 3.58 48.7 1.91 45.5 1.79 3 0.12 45 1.77 15 0.59 45 1.77 15 0.59 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 55.5 2.19 3 0.12 55.5 2.19 1.8 0.07 14.8 0.58 38.8 1.53 91 3.58 1 Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 59.5 2.34 37.5 1.48 26.5 1.04 48 1.89 77.3 3.04 1.1Nm 59.5 2.34 37.5 1.48 26.5 1.04 79 3.11 1.8 0.07 14.8 0.58 14.2 38.8 0.56 1.53 178.3 7.02 48.7 1.91 14.2 0.56 28 1.10 5 130 5.12 130 5.12 12 0.47 33.5 1.32 1.1Nm 178.3 7.02 82.5 3.25 48 1.89 77.3 3.04 82.5 3.25 61.5 2.42 120 (4P) 120 (4P) 4.72 4.72 90 (3P) 90 (3P) 3.54 3.54 30 30 30 30 30 30 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18 45 45 1.77 1.77 6 Drilling template for mounting 4p circuit breaker on the backplate 7 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker 5/32 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 111 4.37 111 4.37 1SDC21053HF0001 5 Drilling template for mounting 3p circuit breaker on the backplate 111 4.37 4 Door drilling template with MOE without flange 111 4.37 3 Drilling template of door with MOE with flange Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 36.5 45 1.44 1.77 45 1.77 32.9 1.29 7.4 0.28 2.25 0.09 32.9 1.29 78.4 3.09 78.47 0.27 3.09 5 29.6 1.16 7 0.27 29.6 1.16 130 5.12 130 5.12 27.5 1.08 O 3.5 O 0.14 126 126 4.96 4.96 82.5 82.5 7.4 3.25 3.25 0.28 2.25 0.09 22.8 0.90 36.5 1.44 90 (3P) 3.54 O 3.5 O 0.14 90 (3P) 3.54 30 1.18 22.8 0.90 120 (4P) 120 (4P) 4.72 4.72 30 30 30 30 30 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18 27.5 1.08 3 0.12 120 4.72 120 4.72 2 0.08 2 0.08 91 3.58 14 0.55 O143.5 0.55 O 0.14 O 3.5 O 0.14 1SDC21054HF0001 91 3.58 55 2.17 14.5 0.57 61.5 2.42 14.5 0.57 61.5 55 2.42 2.17 O 3.5 O 0.14 49 1.93 79 3.11 61.5 49 2.42 1.93 79 3.11 61.5 2.42 14.5 0.57 91 3.58 91 3.58 45.5 45.5 1.79 1.79O 3.5 14.5 14 14 O 0.14 0.57 0.55 0.55 3 0.12 200 7.87 200 7.87 200 7.87 200 7.87 Captions 1 Key lock optional 2 Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 3 Drilling template of door with FLD with flange 4 Drilling template of door with FLD without flange 5 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/33 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter Captions 99.35 3.91 95.5 3.76 90.5 3.56 82.5 3.25 120 (4P) 4.72 114 4.49 1 25mm insulating barriers between phases provided with circuit breaker 30 1.18 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 41 1.61 73 2.87 16 0.63 130 5.12 5 24 0.94 1 0.04 29.5 1.16 65 2.56 2 Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter 45 1.77 84 3.31 90 (3P) 3.54 5/34 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21055HF0001 19.3 0.76 1.1Nm Residual current RC Sel 120 4.72 30 1.18 18 0.70 5 MAX 0.19 MAX 6 0.23 45 15 1.77 0.59 114 4.48 3 0.11 4.5 0.17 4 POLES 2 0.07 124 4.88 Captions 186 7.32 148 5.82 5 MAX 0.19 MAX 1SDC21023CF0001 18 0.70 5 1SDC21022CF0001 7 0.27 18 MAX 0.70 MAX 58 2.28 7 MAX 0.27 MAX 205 8.07 191 7.51 66 2.59 73 2.87 55.5 2.18 7 MAX 0.27 MAX 58 2.28 30 1.18 65 2.55 30 1.18 20 MAX 0.78 MAX 116 4.56 47 1.85 43 1.69 65 2.55 116 4.56 43 1.69 1SDC21000FF0001 9 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 158 6.22 8 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting without flange 75 2.95 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting with flange 60 2.36 2 Front terminals 25 0.98 29 1.14 1 Residual current A With standard flange IV 86 Without flange IV 83.5 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/35 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Plug-in circuit breaker mounting on sheet Captions 120 (4P) 4.72 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part A With standard flange III - IV 136 Without flange III - IV 133.5 III - IV 141.5 30 1.18 45 1.77 140.5 5.53 132.5 5.22 30 1.18 1.1Nm 153 6.02 Mounting at 50mm A With standard flange III - IV 156 Without flange III - IV 153.5 III - IV 161.5 90 (3P) 3.54 3 0.12 2 0.08 1SDC21056HF0001 Mounting at 70mm for extended front terminals Drilling templates for the backplate 122 4.80 46 1.81 20 59 2.32 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 4 POLES 1SDC21057HF0001 50 1.97 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 3 POLES 0.79 36.5 1.44 50 1.97 20 0.79 77.5 3.05 46 1.81 77.5 3.05 92 3.62 36.5 1.44 59 2.32 59 2.32 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 3-4 POLES 5/36 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21058HF0001 50 1.97 20 0.79 5 30 1.18 165.5 6.52 145.5 5.73 Flanges Captions 130 5.12 100 3.94 1 Flange for withdrawable circuit breaker III 2 Flange for circuit breaker IV 109.8 4.32 109.8 4.32 3 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III-IV with MOE and FLD 4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV with direct rotary handle (RHD) 5 Optional flange 5 111 4.37 85 3.35 114.3 4.5 104.5 4.11 1SDC21059HF0001 78 3.07 61 2.40 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/37 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 124 4.88 47 1.85 83 3.27 83 3.27 29 1.14 47 1.85 29 1.14 94 3.70 1SDC21060HF0001 5 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 116 4.56 47 1.85 23.5 0.93 43 1.69 3-4 POLES B=133.5 C=153.5 4 POLES 3 POLES 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (4P) 3.54 84 3.31 With optional flange 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 45 1.77 5/38 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 1SDC21063HF0001 134 5.27 153 6.02 1SDC21062HF0001 73 2.87 32 1.26 57 2.24 28.5 1.12 3-4 POLES 1SDC21061HF0001 17 0.67 43 1.69 75 2.95 75 2.95 25 0.98 43 1.69 25 0.98 86 3.36 165.5 6.52 160.5 6.32 152.5 6.0 Terminals EF 30 1.18 30 1.18 12 0.47 15 0.59 O6 O 0.24 70 2.76 50 1.97 3 0.12 35 1.38 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 30 1.18 3 0.12 6Nm 1SDC21064HF0001 14.8 0.58 87 3.42 93.75 3.69 6Nm Captions 5 MOUNTING AT 70mm MOUNTING AT 50mm 4 Front extended terminals 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Terminals ES 52.5 2.07 52.5 2.07 52.5 2.07 52.5 2.07 30 1.18 30 1.18 25.5 1 25.5 1 30 1.18 30 1.18 165 6.50 165 6.50 92 80.5 3.16 80.5 3.16 5 0.20 5 0.20 3.62 92 3.6246 1.81 46 1.81 82.5 2.65 0.10 2.65 0.10 3.25 82.5 3.25 O 10.5 O 0.41 10.5 O 0.41 340340 13.38 13.38 50 50 1.97 1.97 36.5 36.5 1.44 1.44 94 94 3.70 3.70 137137 5.39 5.39 152152 5.98 5.98 77.5 77.5 3.05 3.05 6Nm 6Nm 20 20 0.79 0.79 ~ 200 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 ~ 7.87 30 1.18 30 1.18 135 5.31 135 5.31 4.5 - M4 0.18 4.5 - M4 0.18 MOUNTING AT 50mm 5 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 20 20 0.79 0.79 O 2.65 O 0.10 2.65 O 0.10 36.5 36.5 1.44 1.44 50 50 1.97 1.97 77.5 77.5 3.05 3.05 94 94 3.70 3.70 3 Insulated plate (compulsory) provided 4 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 3.25 82.5 3.25 30 1.18 30 1.18 137137 5.39 5.39 152152 5.98 5.98 2 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 30 1.18 30 1.18 46 1.81 1.81 82.5 ~ 200 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 ~ 7.87 1 Front extended spread terminals 30 1.18 30 1.18 O 10.5 O 0.41 10.5 O 0.41 45 1.77 45 1.77 O 4.5 - M4 0.18 OO 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 59 2.32 59 2.32 1SDC21065HF0001 30 1.18 30 1.18 Captions 195 7.68 195 7.68 122 4.80 122 4.8046 340340 13.38 13.38 45 1.77 45 1.77 165 6.50 165 6.50 45 1.77 45 1.77 7.5 0.29 7.5 0.29 59 2.32 59 2.32 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/39 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals FCCu 30 1.18 25 0.98 30 1.18 14 x 14 0.55 x 0.55 4 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 87 3.42 Note: 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 7Nm 1SDC21069HF0001 3 Terminals FCCu 30 1.18 13 0.51 Captions 5 25 30 1.18 13 0.51 30 1.18 0.98 MOUNTING AT 50mm 14 x 14 0.55 x 0.55 7Nm 87 3.42 30 1.18 Terminals MC Captions 101 3.97 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 32 1.26 1SDC21070HF0001 7Nm 15 0.59 27.5 1.08 40 1.57 MOUNTING AT 50mm 5/40 29 1.14 20 10 0.39 10 0.39 10 0.39 O 8.2 O 0.32 0.79 6Nm 65.5 2.58 6 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 144 5.67 4 Multi-cable terminals 58 2.28 62.25 2.45 58 2.28 62.25 2.45 Terminals HR/VR 5 6Nm 6Nm O 8.2 O 0.32 O 8.2 O 0.32 MOUNTING AT 50mm 40.9 1.61 33.4 1.31 80.9 3.18 73.4 2.89 15.2 0.60 40.9 1.61 33.4 1.31 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 1SDC21071HF0001 4 0.16 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 80.9 3.18 73.4 2.89 MOUNTING AT 50mm Captions 1 Rear vertical terminals 2 Rear horizontal terminals 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/41 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 120 4.72 228 8.98 90 3.54 58.4 2.30 32.9 1.29 132.5 5.22 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 26.5 1.04 18 0.71 9.3 0.36 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 50 1.97 47.9 1.88 61.5 2.42 77.3 3.04 134 5.27 33.5 1.32 78.5 3.10 174 6.85 1.8 0.07 14.8 0.58 15 0.59 14.2 0.56 2 0.08 222 8.74 3 0.12 1SDC21072HF0001 28 1.10 153 6.02 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 187.5 7.38 5 38.8 1.53 90 3.54 79.5 3.13 91 3.58 49 1.93 55 2.17 101 3.97 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 MOE 4 Key lock (not provided) 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 6 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 5/42 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 200 7.87 200 7.87 1SDC21073HF0001 Captions Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 30 1.18 O 3.5 O 0.14 30 1.18 50 1.97 209 8.23 132.5 5.22 18 0.71 30 1.18 5 174 6.85 187,5 7.38 153 6.02 22.8 0.90 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 36.5 45 1.44 1.77 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 6Nm 2 0.08 170 6.69 3 0.12 27.5 1.08 1SDC21074HF0001 1.1Nm 101 3.97 90 3.54 14.5 0.57 O 3.5 O 0.14 91 3.58 1SDC21075HF0001 79.3 3.12 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 14 0.55 55 2.17 61.5 2.42 14 0.55 49 1.93 61.5 2.42 14.5 0.57 200 7.87 200 7.87 3 Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 4 Key lock (not provided) 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 6 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/43 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter 120 (4P) 4.72 45 1.77 15 0.59 50 1.97 3 0.12 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 90 (3P) 3.54 149.35 5.88 145.5 5.73 132.5 5.22 29.5 1.16 153 6.02 153 6.02 5 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 19.3 0.76 1.1Nm 78.6 3.10 MOUNTING AT 50mm Captions 169.35 6.67 165.5 6.52 152.5 6.0 1 100mm insulating barriers between phases 2 Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter 35 1.38 70 2.76 3 0.12 MOUNTING AT 50mm 5/44 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21076HF0001 1.1Nm Residual current RC Sel 30 1.18 15 0.59 30 1.18 3 0.11 6 0.23 45 15 1.77 0.59 186 7.32 148 5.82 209 8.22 5 4.5 0.17 4 POLES 3 0.11 Captions 2 0.07 124 4.88 1 Residual current 1SDC21023CF0001 100 3.93 1SDC21024CF0001 58 2.28 133 5.23 66 2.59 218.5 8.60 73 2.87 55.5 2.18 76.5 3.01 100 3.93 30 1.18 116 4.56 47 1.85 43 1.69 4 Moving part 25 0.98 29 1.14 3 Fixed part 8 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting without flange 9 Drilling template for mounting circuit breakerg on sheet 1SDC21026CF0001 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting with flange 60 2.36 6 Extended terminals 1SDC21025CF0001 158 6.22 65 2.55 75 2.95 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 116 4.56 43 1.69 A With standard flange IV 136 Without flange IV 133,5 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/45 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker O 3.5 O 0.14 Fixing on the backplate 176.25 6.94 5 30 1.18 132.5 5.22 ISOLATING DISTANCE 27.5 1.08 48.1 1.89 3 0.12 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 FLD (FLD or RHD or RHE or MOE) compulsory for withdrawable version 6 Optional wiring ducts A With standard flange III - IV III - IV Mounting at 50mm Mounting at 70mm for extended front terminals SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 170 190 90 (3P) 3.54 120 (4P) 4.72 1SDC21077HF0001 153 6.02 77.2 3.04 134 5.27 77 3.03 1.1Nm 2 0.08 5/46 30 1.18 45 1.77 30 1.18 Drilling templates for the backplate 122 4.80 46 1.81 50 1.97 20 0.79 36.5 1.44 50 1.97 20 0.79 36.5 1.44 77.5 3.05 46 1.81 77.5 3.05 92 3.62 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 4 POLES 59 2.32 1SDC21078HF0001 3 POLES 5 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 59 2.32 50 1.97 20 0.79 59 2.32 1SDC21079HF0001 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 3-4 POLES Flanges 124.5 4.90 Captions 5 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV withdrawable 58.5 2.30 7 Flange for withdrawable circuit breakers III IV with front extended terminals C D RHD 111 124.5 FLD - MOE 114.3 134.5 130.5 5.14 1SDC21080HF0001 73.8 2.90 111 4.37 6 Flange for withdrawable circuit breakers III IV with direct rotary handle RHD US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/47 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker Drilling templates compartment door With standard flange 124 4.88 47 1.85 83 3.27 83 3.27 29 1.14 47 1.85 29 1.14 94 3.70 3 POLES 1SDC21081HF0001 5 4 POLES Without flange 116 4.56 47 1.85 23.5 0.93 43 1.69 43 1.69 75 2.95 75 2.95 1SDC21082HF0001 17 0.67 25 0.98 43 1.69 25 0.98 86 3.36 3-4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (4P) 3.54 84 3.31 With optional flange 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 45 1.77 134 5.27 3-4 POLES 5/48 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 1SDC21084HF0001 1SDC21083HF0001 73 2.87 32 1.26 153 6.02 57 2.24 28.5 1.12 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker Terminals EF 196.25 7.73 3 0.12 3 0.12 35 1.38 30 1.18 15 0.59 6Nm 30 1.18 30 1.18 12 0.47 O6 O 0.24 87 3.42 93.75 3.69 6Nm MOUNTING AT 50mm 5 1SDC21085HF0001 ISOLATING DISTANCE 50 1.97 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 27.5 1.08 70 2.76 14.8 0.58 152.5 6.0 1.1Nm MOUNTING AT 70mm Captions 2 Moving part 3 FLD (FLD or RHD or RHE or MOE) compulsory for withdrawable version 4 Front extended terminals 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Note:insulated plate (compulsory) provided US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/49 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker Terminals ES 45 1.77 135 5.31 52.5 2.07 52.5 2.07 25.5 1 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 5 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 O 10.5 O 0.41 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 30 1.18 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 80.5 3.16 5 0.20 165 6.50 45 1.77 7.5 0.29 6Nm 94 3.70 137 5.39 152 5.98 94 3.70 152 5.98 137 5.39 O 10.5 O 0.41 MOUNTING AT 50mm 195 7.68 122 4.80 165 6.50 92 3.62 46 1.81 82.5 3.25 Captions 1 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 46 1.81 82.5 3.25 2.65 0.10 O 2.65 O 0.10 50 1.97 4.5 - M4 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 8 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 59 2.32 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 59 2.32 1SDC21086HF0001 36.5 1.44 7 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker Ue>440V (compulsory) 5/50 340 13.38 20 0.79 77.5 3.05 340 13.38 50 1.97 36.5 1.44 6 Insulated plate (compulsory) provided 77.5 3.05 5 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 20 0.79 3 Front extended spread terminals Terminals FCCu 80.5 3.16 Captions 2 Terminals FCCu 7Nm 1SDC21090HF0001 87 3.42 94 3.70 14 x 14 0.55 x 0.55 4 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 5 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 25 0.98 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/51 80.5 3.16 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker 7Nm 25 0.98 87 3.42 14 x 14 0.55 x 0.55 Terminals MC 188 7.40 Captions 20 0.79 29 1.14 32 1.26 15 0.59 27.5 1.08 40 1.57 MOUNTING AT 50mm SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 1SDC21091HF0001 10 0.39 10 0.39 10 0.39 O 8.2 O 0.32 7Nm 5 5/52 144 5.67 6Nm 4 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 65.5 2.58 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 101 3.97 1 Multi-cable terminals Terminals HR/VR 58 2.28 62.5 2.46 4 0.16 6Nm 58 2.28 62.5 2.46 O 8.2 O 0.32 15 0.59 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm 80.9 3.18 80.9 3.18 73.4 2.89 73.4 2.89 40.9 1.61 40.9 1.61 15.2 0.60 O 8.2 O 0.32 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 O 8.2 O 0.32 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 1SDC21092HF0001 15 0.59 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 4.25 0.17 30 1.18 30 1.18 4 0.16 33.4 1.31 30 1.18 33.4 1.31 15.2 0.60 Captions 1 Rear vertical terminals 2 Rear horizontal terminals 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/53 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker O 3.5 O 0.14 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breakers (RHD) 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 221.75 8.73 172 6.77 45 1.77 132.5 5.22 32 1.26 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 2 0.08 153 6.02 174 6.85 187.5 7.38 48.8 1.92 16.5 0.65 5 2 0.08 170 6.69 3 0.12 41 1.61 61.5 2.42 18 19 2 Moving part 3 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker 4 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5 Extended terminals 6 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle 5/54 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 200 7.87 0.74 0.71 89 3.50 1 Fixed part 55 2.17 Captions 1SDC21094HF0001 14.5 0.57 80 3.15 14 0.55 1SDC21093HF0001 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 1.1Nm Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE) 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 45 1.77 132.5 5.22 32 1.26 223.7 8,80 417.25 16.43 47.95 1,89 O 54 O 2.13 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 2 0.08 46 1.81 16.5 0.65 1.1Nm 153 6.02 174 6.85 187.5 7.38 48.8 1.92 1.4Nm 1.4Nm 5 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 463 18.23 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 3 0.12 640.95 25.23 2 0.08 223.7 8,80 47.95 1,89 132.5 5.22 23.5 0.93 7.25 0.28 2 0.08 O5 O 0.20 46 1.81 O 54 O 2.13 16.5 0.65 45 1.77 1.1Nm 16.5 0.65 22.5 0.89 1.4Nm 1.4Nm O5 O 0.20 200 7.87 Captions 23.5 0.93 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 0.12 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 230.95 9.09 2 0.08 3 Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE) 4 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5 Extended terminals 6 Door drilling template with extended rotary handle 1SDC21095HF0001 53 2.08 7 Transmission unit US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/55 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT2 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 228.3 8.99 132.5 5.22 77 45 3.03 1.77 26.5 1.04 77.3 3.04 134 5.27 61.5 2.42 1.1Nm 1.8 0.07 14.8 0.58 30 1.18 101 3.97 80 3.15 14 0.55 2 x O 3.5 0.08 x O 0.14 19 18 0.74 0.71 91 3.58 Captions 200 7.87 1SDC21097HF0001 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 4 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5 Extended terminals 6 Key lock (not provided) 7 Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 5/56 2 0.08 50.5 1.99 55 2.17 14.5 0.57 222 8.74 3 0.12 38.8 1.53 30 1.18 61.5 2.42 14.2 0.56 1SDC21096HF0001 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 28 1.10 153 6.02 5 174 6.85 187.5 7.38 33.5 1.32 47.9 1.88 12 0.47 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 50 1.97 58.4 2.30 32.9 1.29 A Motor operator MOE SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog III - IV 222 Front for lever operating (FLD) 120 (4P) 4.72 90 (3P) 3.54 77 3.03 50 1.97 176.25 6.94 32.9 1.29 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 45 1.77 132.5 5.22 77.2 3.04 134 5.27 30 1.18 27.5 1.08 30 1.18 101 3.97 2 0.08 50.5 1.99 80 3.15 14 0.55 2 x O 3.5 0.08 x O 0.14 19 18 0.74 0.71 91 3.58 55 2.17 14.5 0.57 170 6.69 3 0.12 61.5 2.42 30 1.18 5 1SDC21098HF0001 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 153 6.02 7 0.27 174 6.85 187.5 7.38 1.1Nm 1SDC21099HF0001 200 7.87 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Front for lever operating (FLD) 4 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5 Extended terminals 6 Key lock (not provided) A Front for lever operating FLD III IV 170 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/57 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Mounting on the backplate 1 Insulating plate compulsory 140 (4P) 5.51 134.8 5.31 2 Overall dimension of optional wiring ducts 35 1.38 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 4 Front carter compulsory for through door of the panel 25mm/0,98" 35 1.38 70 2.76 41 1.61 45 1.77 10.5 0.41 1 0.04 1 0.04 150 5.90 5 78 3.07 52.5 2.07 35 1.38 4 75 2.95 83 3.27 12.5 0.49 Captions 1.1Nm 45 1.77 Without flange 99.8 3.93 III - IV 71 III - IV 79 1SDC21000IF0001 A With standard flange III - IV 74 2 0.08 3 0.12 1 0.04 1 105 (3P) 4.13 101 3.97 Mounting on DIN EN 50022 rail 140 (4P) 5.51 Captions 105 (3P) 4.13 1 Mounting bracket 82 3.23 52.5 2.07 2 Optional wiring ducts 35 1.38 3 Optional front cover for DIN rail 35 1.38 70 2.76 35 1.38 1.5 0.06 45 1.77 9 0.35 35 1.38 150 5.90 21.5 0.85 4 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1 0.04 7.5 0.29 5/58 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1 101 3.97 1SDC21001IF0001 1.1Nm Drilling template 35 1.38 122 4.80 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 3 POLES 4 POLES 5 1SDC21002IF0001 122 4.80 61 2.40 35 1.38 61 2.40 35 1.38 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 Flanges 116 4.56 151 5.94 Captions 1 Flange for fixed circuit breaker III 82 3.23 82 3.23 2 Flange for fixed circuit breaker IV 3 Flange for circuit breaker with direct motor operator MOD 4 Flange for circuit breaker with direct rotary handle (RHD) 111 4.37 85 3.35 130 5.12 88.2 3.47 1SDC21003IF0001 61 2.40 78 3.07 5 Optional flange US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/59 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 110 4.33 145 5.71 1SDC21004IF0001 17.5 0.69 55 2.17 5 1SDC21005IF0001 55 2.17 55 2.17 17.5 0.69 55 2.17 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 137 5.39 11.5 0.45 4 POLES 3 POLES 3-4 POLES 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 With optional flange 52.2 2.07 45 1.77 Caption 30 1.18 1 Optional flange 57 2.24 5/60 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 1SDC21008IF0001 1SDC21007IF0001 73 2.87 26.5 1.04 28.5 1.12 3-4 POLES 23.5 0.93 43 1.69 13.5 0.53 51 2 47 1.85 47 1.85 13.5 0.53 51 2 47 1.85 1SDC21006IF0001 102 4.01 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals F 19 0.74 24 MAX 0.94 8 MAX 0.31 17.5 0.69 8Nm O 8.5 O 0.34 58 2.28 9.5 MAX 0.37 7 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1SDC21009IF0001 1 Front terminals for busbar connection 75 2.95 Captions 5 Terminals EF Captions 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 3 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) not provided 25 0.98 19.5 0.77 17.5 0.69 O 10 O 0.39 2 Front extended terminals 6 0.24 6Nm 60 2.36 1SDC21010IF0001 230 9.05 202 7.95 150 5.90 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Terminals ES 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 50 1.97 30 1.18 30 1.18 25 0.98 6 0.24 O 10.5 O 0.41 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 O 10.5 O 0.41 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 133 5.24 6Nm 118 4.64 6 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 50 1.97 5 0.20 1SDC21011IF0001 4 Front extended spread terminals for busbar connection 130 5.12 45 1.77 133 5.24 45 1.77 118 4.64 165 6.50 45 1.77 Captions US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/61 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 1x2,5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl Captions 35 1.38 1 1x2,5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl 5 35 1.38 35 1.38 28 1.10 35 1.38 18 x 18 0.71 x 0.71 58 2.28 1SDC21012IF0001 30Nm 75 2.95 9 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 28 1.10 35 1.38 18 x 18 0.71 x 0.71 75 2.95 75 2.95 75 2.95 75 2.95 2x35...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl 90 3.54 30Nm 8Nm 70 2.76 22 0.87 42 1.65 19 0.74 175 6.89 O 18 O 0.71 15 0.59 1SDC21013IF0001 175 6.89 3 0.12 3 0.12 60 2.36 60 2.36 16Nm 39 1.53 8 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet IV with rear insulated plate 5/62 81 3.19 81 3.19 O 2.65 O 0.10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 17.5 0.69 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 17.5 0.69 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 1SDC21014IF0001 7 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet III with rear insulated plate O 2.65 O 0.10 122 4.80 4 Provided rear insulated plate (compulsory for CuAl 2x150mm2 cables) 61 2.40 81 3.19 3 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 163 6.42 35 1.38 64 2.52 122 4.80 2 2x35...150mm terminals FCCuAl 35 1.38 61 2.40 35 1.38 2 81 3.19 163 6.42 Captions 25...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl Captions 35 1.38 1 25...150mm terminals FCCuAl 2 35 1.38 33.5 1.32 O 17 O 0.67 25 0.98 31Nm 1SDC21015IF0001 58 2.28 75 2.95 2 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 35 1.38 5 Terminals FCCu Captions 28 1.10 18 x 18 0.71 x 0.71 6 Front terminals FCCu 9 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 58 2.28 1SDC21016IF0001 10Nm/ 123.91 in. lbs 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 28 1.10 18 x 18 0.71 x 0.71 Terminals MC 58 2.28 75 2.95 10Nm/ 123.91 in. lbs Captions 8Nm 70.3 in. lbs 15 0.59 28 1.10 15 0.59 135 5.31 7Nm/ 61.95 in. lbs O 8.2 O 0.32 26.5 1.04 45.5 1.79 1SDC21017IF0001 5 Front terminal for multi-cable connection 82 3,23 3 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/63 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals R 4.5 0.17 Captions 1 Adjustable rear terminals 116 4.56 154 6.06 3 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker IV on sheet 77 3.03 2 Bottom terminal covers with degree of protection IP30 (optional) provided 4 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker III on sheet 5 18.8 0.74 35 1.37 35 1.37 8.25 0.32 42.5 1.67 55 2.16 92.5 3.64 105 4.13 35 1.37 5/64 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 35 1.37 35 1.37 58 2.28 61 2.40 4 POLES 116 4.56 116 4.56 35 1.37 25 0.98 122 4.80 58 2.28 122 4.80 3 POLES 35 1.37 25 0.98 35 1.37 35 1.37 1SDC21053CF0001 35 1.37 61 2.40 35 1.37 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker (RHD) 70 2.76 52.5 2.07 159.25 6.27 150 5.90 11 0.43 (11) (0.43) O 3.5 O 0.14 1.1Nm 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle 5 3 0.12 108 4.25 14.5 0.57 14 0.55 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM 200 7.87 1SDC21018IF0001 56 2.20 DRILLING: SEE DET. "A" 2 0.08 88 3.46 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 110 4.33 1SDC21086FF0001 2 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker RHD 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 49.3 1.94 Captions 81 3.19 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/65 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE) 3 0.12 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 2 52.5 0.08 2.07 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE 70 2.76 599.95 23.62 161.7 6.37 46 1.81 2 0.08 47.95 1.89 1.1Nm O 54 O 2.13 150 5.90 11 0.43 40.9 1.61 (11) (0.43) 1.4Nm 5 1.1Nm 478 18.82 3 0.12 47 1.85 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 176.95 70 2.76 23.5 0.93 2 0.08 6.97 161.7 6.37 47.95 1.89 1.1Nm 46 1.81 2 0.08 1.4Nm (11) (0.43) 200 7.87 23.5 0.93 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM Captions 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE) 3 Drilling template of door with extended rotary handle (RHE) 5 Transmission unit 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 5/66 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1.1Nm 54.5 2.14 1SDC21019IF0001 O5 O 0.20 O 54 O 2.13 O 55 O 2.17 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 11 0.43 O5 O 0.20 Large rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE-LH) 140 (4P) 5.51 161.7 6.37 47.95 1.89 105 (3P) 4.13 2 0.08 70 2.76 52.5 2.07 40.9 1.61 5 150 5.90 11 0.43 463 18.23 1 0.04 1.1Nm 1 0.04 46 1.81 1 0.04 3 0.12 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE 599.95 23.62 33 1.30 2 0.08 47 1.85 23.5 0.93 O5 O 0.20 1 Transmission unit 11 0.43 22.5 0.89 Captions 2 0.08 45 1.77 2 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker O 55 O 2.17 4 Large transmitted rotary handle 5 Drilling template of door with large transmitted rotary handle MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM DOOR HINGE 200 7.87 O5 O 0.20 1SDC21020IF0001 3 Optional wiring ducts US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/67 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Direct motor operator (MOD) Captions 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 3 Key lock (not provided) 4 Direct motor operator MOD 207 8.15 70 2.76 52.5 2.07 1.1Nm 5 Drilling template of door with MOD with flange 150 5.90 7 25mm insulating barriers 25 0.98 6 Drilling template of door with MOD without flange 1.1Nm 3 0.12 77 3.03 43.5 1.71 38.5 1.52 1SDC21022IF0001 98 3.86 108 4.25 45.5 1.79 50.5 1.99 87 3.42 2 0.08 172 6.77 1SDC21021IF0001 5 5/68 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 3-pole circuit breaker Captions 135 5.31 105 4.12 1 Front terminals for cable connection 52.5 2.06 18x18 0.70x0.70 12.5 0.49 98.8 3.88 45 1.77 77 30.3 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 217 8.54 45 1.77 116 4.56 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 5 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 70 2.75 19 0.74 2 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 19 0.74 49.9 1.96 35 1.37 5 35 1.37 2 0.07 101 3.97 83 3.26 70 2.75 3 0.11 67.5 2.65 35 1.37 4.5 0.17 61 2.40 50.9 2.00 141.5 5.57 122 4.80 1SDC21061CF0001 55 2.16 55 2.16 142.5 5.61 17.5 0.68 47 1.85 13.5 0.53 134.4 5.29 A With standard flange III 74 Without flange III 71 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/69 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 4-pole circuit breaker Captions 170 6.69 1 Front terminals for cable connection 140 5.51 52.5 2.06 19 0.74 12.5 0.49 45 1.77 116 4.56 223.5 8.79 5 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 45 1.77 49.9 1.96 35 1.37 35 1.37 35 1.37 2 0.07 101 3.97 70 2.75 3 0.11 83 3.26 102.5 4.03 35 1.37 35 1.37 4.5 61 2.40 50.9 2.00 A With standard flange IV 74 Without flange IV 71 5/70 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 122 4.80 1SDC21062CF0001 55 2.16 55 2.16 177.5 6.98 141.5 5.57 47 1.85 13.5 0.53 169.4 6.66 0.17 17.5 0.68 5 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 134.8 5.30 77 30.3 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 18x18 0.70x0.70 19 0.74 2 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 70 2.75 Mounting on the backplate Captions 140 (4P) 5.51 1 Fixed part 152 5.98 133 5.24 128 5.04 120 4.72 52.5 2.07 2 Moving part 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 1.1Nm 105 (3P) 4.13 Mounting at 50mm 3 0.12 2 0.08 1SDC21023IF0001 166 6.53 5 A With standard flange III - IV 124 Without flange III - IV 121 III - IV 129 Mounting at 70mm for extended front terminals A With standard flange III - IV 144 Without flange III - IV 141 III - IV 149 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/71 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Drilling templates for the backplate 103 4.05 136.5 5.37 25 0.98 50 1.97 36 1.42 25 0.98 50 1.97 36 1.42 84 3.31 51.5 2.03 84 3.31 51.5 2.03 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 5 43.5 1.71 122 4.80 3 POLES 4 POLES 122 4.80 43.5 1.71 43.5 1.71 1SDC21024IF0001 25 0.98 50 1.97 87 3.42 43.5 1.71 25 0.98 50 1.97 87 3.42 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 4 POLES 3 POLES Flanges 116 4.56 151 5.94 82 3.23 1 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III 82 3.23 Captions 2 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker IV 88.2 3.47 4 Optional flange 5/72 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21025IF0001 130 5.12 61 2.40 78 3.07 3 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker with direct motor operator MOD Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 110 4.33 145 5.71 17.5 0.69 55 2.17 55 2.17 55 2.17 17.5 0.69 55 2.17 5 1SDC21026IF0001 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 102 4.01 47 1.85 137 5.39 11.5 0.45 23.5 0.93 3 POLES 3-4 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC21027IF0001 43 1.69 13.5 0.53 51 2 47 1.85 47 1.85 13.5 0.53 51 2 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 With optional flange 52.5 2.07 45 1.77 30 1.18 57 2.24 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 1SDC21029IF0001 3-4 POLES 1SDC21028IF0001 73 2.87 26.5 1.04 28.5 1.12 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/73 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals EF 50 1.97 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 15 0.59 153 6.02 148 5.83 140 5.51 70 2.76 35 1.38 4 0.16 4 0.16 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 O 8.2 O 0.32 6Nm 1SDC21030IF0001 21.5 0.85 95.5 3.76 104.5 4.11 6Nm 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm Captions MOUNTING AT 70mm 4 Front extended terminals 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Terminals ES 165 6.50 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 50 1.97 30 1.18 30 1.18 25 0.98 70 2.76 6 0.24 O 10.5 O 0.41 O 10.5 O 0.41 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 5 0.20 50 1.97 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 45 1.77 130 5.12 170.5 6.71 155.5 6.12 170.5 6.71 112.4 4.42 112.4 4.42 155.5 6.12 6Nm 1SDC21031IF0001 1.1Nm Captions 3 Front extended spread terminals for busbar connection 5 Adapter for fixed part (compulsory) not provided 6 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5/74 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog MOUNTING AT 50mm 1x2.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl Captions 35 1.37 1 1x90...185mm2 front terminal FCCuAl 35 1.37 28 1.10 35 1.37 19 0.74 5 Adapter for fixed part (compulsory) not provided 18x18 0.70x0.70 1SDC21090FF0001 95.4 3.75 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5 MOUNTING AT 70mm Terminals FCCu Captions 30 1.18 30 1.18 25 0.98 14x14 0.55x0.55 25 0.98 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 30 1.18 1SDC21069FF0001 58 2.28 65 2.55 6 Terminals FCCu 30 1.18 30 1.18 30 1.18 25 0.98 14x14 0.55x0.55 58 2.28 65 2.55 Terminals MC Caption 32 1.25 20 0.78 29 1.14 15 0.59 27.5 1.08 40 1.57 1SDC21099EF0001 8.2 0.32 10 0.39 10 0.39 10 0.39 115 4.52 72 2.83 6 Multi-cable terminals US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/75 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5 0.20 6Nm O 8.2 O 0.32 6Nm O 8.2 O 0.32 82.9 3.26 Captions 82.9 3.26 72.9 2.86 1 Rear vertical terminals 72.9 2.86 17.7 0.70 42.9 1.68 2 Rear horizontal terminals 32.9 1.29 32.9 1.29 O 8.2 O 0.32 5 0.20 35 1.38 35 1.38 20 0.79 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided 42.9 1.68 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 MOUNTING AT 50mm 5/76 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog ~ 90 ~ 3.54 MOUNTING AT 50mm 1SDC21042IF0001 20 0.79 5 65.5 2.58 58 2.28 58 2.28 65.5 2.58 Terminals HR/VR Approximate dimensions Tmax XT3 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Direct motor operator (MOD) 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 50 1.97 52.5 2.07 257 10.12 120 4.72 166 6.53 25 0.98 1.1Nm 5 1.1Nm 3 0.12 222 8.74 2 0.08 MOUNTING AT 50mm 77 3.03 43.5 1.71 38.5 1.52 1SDC21032IF0001 98 3.86 108 4.25 45.5 1.79 50.5 1.99 87 3.42 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Key lock (not supplied) 4 Direct motor operator MOD 5 Drilling template of door with MOD with flange 6 Drilling template of door with MOD without flange US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/77 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Mounting on the backplate 140 (4P) 5.51 135 5.31 Captions 1 Insulating plate compulsory 35 1.38 95.5 3.76 90.5 3.56 82.5 3.25 52.5 2.07 35 1.38 35 1.38 2 Overall dimension of optional wiring ducts 16 0.63 5 87 3.42 80 3.15 160 6.30 4 Front carter compulsory for through door of the panel 25mm/0,98" 1 0.04 41 1.61 1 0.04 24 0.94 4 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1.1Nm 86 Without flange III - IV 83.5 III - IV 91.5 45 1.77 100 3.94 105 (3P) 4.13 1SDC21033IF0001 A With standard flange III - IV 2 0.08 3 0.12 1 0.04 117 4.61 1 Mounting on DIN 50022 rail 140 (4P) 5.51 135 5.31 Captions 52.5 2.07 35 1.38 1 Mounting bracket 35 1.38 52.5 2.07 35 1.38 1.5 0.06 24 0.94 87 3.42 41 1.61 3.5 0.14 35 1.38 16 0.63 80 3.15 35 1.38 160 6.30 160 6.30 80 3.15 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 35 1.38 95.5 3.76 90.5 3.56 82.5 3.25 105 (3P) 4.13 100 3.94 45 1.77 45 1.77 1 0.04 7.5 0.29 1SDC21034IF0001 1.1Nm 117 4.61 1 Drilling templates for the backplate 52.5 2.07 5/78 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 4 POLES O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 1SDC21035IF0001 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 139 5.47 139 5.47 3 POLES 17.5 0.69 69.5 2.74 17.5 0.69 69.5 2.74 17.5 0.69 Flanges Captions 116 4.56 151 5.94 1 Flange for fixed circuit breaker III 2 Flange for fixed circuit breaker IV 123.8 4.87 123.8 4.87 3 Flange for fixed circuit breaker III-IV with MOE and FLD 4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV with direct rotary handle RHD 5 Optional flange 5 85 3.35 104.5 4.11 1SDC21036IF0001 78 3.07 111 4.37 114.3 4.5 61 2.40 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/79 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 110 4.33 145 5.71 55 2.17 29 1.14 1SDC21037IF0001 97 3.82 97 3.82 29 1.14 55 2.17 5 3 POLES 4 POLES Without flange 102 4.01 47 1.85 23.5 0.93 137 5.39 51 2 89 3.50 89 3.50 43 1.69 1SDC21038IF0001 25 0.98 25 0.98 17 0.67 51 2 3-4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 140 (4P) 5.51 135 5.31 105 (3P) 4.13 With optional flange 100 3.94 52.5 2.07 30 1.18 57 2.24 35 1.38 3-4 POLES 5/80 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 35 1.38 35 1.38 1SDC21039IF0001 73 2.87 182 7.16 162 6.38 32 1.26 28.5 1.12 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals F O 8.2 O 0.32 24 MAX 0.94 8Nm 1SDC21040IF0001 70 2.76 9 MAX 0.35 2 Top terminal covers with degree of protection IP30 (optional) not provided 19 0.74 24 MAX 0.94 17.5 0.69 80 3.15 1 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 25 0.98 Captions 5 Terminals EF 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 3 Front extended terminals ~ 100 ~ 3.94 4 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) not provided 19.5 0.77 O 10 O 0.39 25 0.98 35 1.38 6 0.24 19.5 0.77 O 10 O 0.39 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 Captions 8Nm 160 6.30 60 2.36 226 8.90 160 6.30 6 Insulated plate provided compulsory for Ue>440V 60 2.36 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 7 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker 8 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker 1 0.04 3 POLES 17.5 0.69 4 POLES 17.5 0.69 52.5 2.07 17.5 0.69 O 2.65 O 0.10 140.5 5.53 140.5 5.53 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 2.65 O 0.10 67.5 2.66 135 5.31 102.5 4.04 170 6.69 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1SDC21041IF0001 140.5 5.53 140.5 5.53 139 5.47 139 5.47 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 5/81 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals ES 1 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker 30 1.18 30 1.18 45 1.77 5 0.20 30 1.18 130 5.12 50 1.97 30 1.18 O 10.5 O 0.41 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 2 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker 4 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 30 1.18 30 1.18 6 0.24 1 0.04 O 10.5 O 0.41 8Nm 130 5.12 145 5.71 5 Insulated plate provided compulsory for Ue>440V 3 POLES 4 POLES O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 115 4.53 17.5 0.69 195 7.68 52.5 2.07 17.5 0.69 1SDC21043IF0001 163 6.42 163 6.42 139 5.47 139 5.47 163 6.42 77.5 3.05 17.5 0.69 155 6.10 163 6.42 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 2.65 O 0.10 O 2.65 O 0.10 1x2,5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl 5/82 35 1.38 27.5 1.08 17x17 0.67x0.67 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 70 2.76 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 35 1.38 ~ 25 ~ 0.98 1 1x2,5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl 35 1.38 10Nm 1SDC21044IF0001 Captions 80 3.15 5 30 1.18 25 0.98 50 1.97 130 5.12 145 5.71 3 Front extended spread terminals 165 6.50 45 1.77 45 1.77 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 Captions 2x35...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl 35 1.38 39 1.53 35 1.38 15 0.59 O 18 O 0.71 16Nm 19 0.74 42 1.65 22 0.87 35 1.38 6.5 0.26 35 1.38 175 6.89 56.5 2.22 35 1.38 70 2.76 56.5 2.22 6.5 0.26 175 6.89 163 6.42 5 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 17.5 0.69 O 2.5 O 0.09 1SDC21045IF0001 139 5.47 89.5 3.52 139 5.47 89.5 3.52 17.5 0.69 69.5 2.74 O 2.5 O 0.09 89.5 3.52 17.5 0.69 89.5 3.52 52.5 2.07 1.1Nm 163 6.42 69.5 2.74 99 3.90 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 102 4.01 83.5 3.29 83.5 3.29 8Nm Captions 2 2x35...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl 4 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 5 Provided rear insulated plate (compulsory for CuAl 2x150mm2 cables) 6 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker IV with insulating plate 7 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker III with insulating plate US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/83 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker Terminals FCCu Captions 35 1.38 1 Terminals FCCu 35 1.38 35 1.38 4 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 18 x 18 0.71 x 0.71 27.5 1.08 1SDC21046IF0001 70 2.76 80 3.15 14Nm 123.91 in. lbs 5 Terminals MC 45.5 1.79 26.5 Captions 35 1.38 1.04 O 8.2 O 0.32 7Nm 61.95 in. lbs 8Nm 1SDC21047IF0001 94 3.70 140 5.51 30 1.18 38 1.50 15 0.59 3 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 35 1.38 15 0.59 35 1.38 2 Multi-cable terminals 5/84 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker (RHD) Captions 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle 82.5 3.25 126 4.96 172 6.77 O 3.5 O 0.14 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 2 52.5 0.08 2.07 2 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker 16.5 0.65 48.8 1.92 (16.5) (0.65) 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases 5 2 0.08 3 0.12 82 3.23 41 1.61 14 0.55 2 x O 3.5 0.08 x O 0.14 200 7.87 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM 1SDC21048IF0001 89 3.50 55.3 2.18 61.5 2.42 14.5 0.57 120 4.72 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/85 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism of the compartment door (RHE) 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE 174.2 6.36 3 0.12 52.5 2.07 2 0.08 46 1.81 82.5 3.25 1.1Nm 597.95 23.54 47.95 1.89 2 0.08 O 54 O 2.13 16.5 0.63 160 6.30 160 6.30 16.5 0.65 48.8 1.92 80 3.15 1.4Nm 1.4Nm 461 18.15 5 HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 187.95 2 0.08 82.5 3.25 2 0.08 1.1Nm 47.95 1.89 16.5 0.65 1.4Nm 45 1.77 22.5 0.89 16.5 0.65 O5 O 0.20 1.4Nm O5 O 0.20 200 7.87 23.5 0.93 MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR DOOR FULCRUM Captions 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism of the compartment door 3 Drilling template for RHE 5 Transmission unit 6 25mm insulating barriers between phases 5/86 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 46 1.81 51 2 1SDC21049IF0001 3 0.12 171 7.40 O 54 O 2.13 23.5 0.93 174.2 6.36 Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 35 1.38 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 35 35 1.38 1.38 178.3 7.02 82.5 3.25 61.5 2.42 39.5 1.56 26.5 1.04 28 1.10 61.5 2.42 12 0.47 33.5 1.32 48 1.89 77.3 3.04 1.1Nm 1.7 0.07 14.3 0.56 5 3 0.12 14.8 0.58 38.8 1.53 101 3.97 50.5 1.99 45 1.77 79.5 3.13 91 3.58 49 1.93 54.7 2.15 91 3.58 2 0.08 172 6.77 Captions 1 Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 35 1.38 52.5 2.07 17.5 0.69 69.5 2.74 139 5.47 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange (MOE) 139 5.47 69.5 2.74 2 Key lock (not provided) 5 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker III on the backplate 6 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker IV on the backplate 3 POLES O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 1SDC21050IF0001 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange (MOE) 4 POLES 7 25mm insulating barriers between phases US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/87 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 33 1.30 82.5 3.25 78.4 3.09 6.5 0.26 2.55 0.10 29.6 1.16 160 6.30 5 126 4.96 7 0.27 35 1.38 O 3.5 O 0.14 140 (4P) 5.51 35 35 1.38 1.38 90 (3P) 3.54 52.5 36.5 2.07 1.44 12 0.47 120 4.72 3 0.12 27.5 1.08 200 7.87 200 7.87 Captions 35 1.38 1 Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 52.5 2.07 17.5 0.69 5 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker III on the backplate 6 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker IV on the backplate 3 POLES 7 25mm insulating barriers between phases 5/88 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 4 POLES O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 1SDC21051IF0001 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange (FLD) 139 5.47 69.5 2.74 139 5.47 69.5 2.74 2 Key lock (not provided) 3 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange (FLD) O 3.5 O 0.14 55 2.17 79 3.11 48.7 1.92 61.5 2.42 O 3.5 O 0.14 50.5 1.99 14 0.55 14.5 0.57 91 3.58 14 0.55 14.5 0.57 101 3.97 45.5 1.79 61.5 2.42 91 3.58 2 0.08 Ekip Display or LED Meter 99.35 3.91 95.5 3.76 90.5 3.56 82.5 3.25 Captions 1 Ekip Display or LED Meter 105 (3P) 4.13 2 Optional wiring ducts ~ 25 ~ 0.98 100 3.94 38.5 1.52 16 0.63 1 0.04 24 0.94 19.3 0.76 41 1.61 5 87 3.42 45 1.77 1 0.04 160 6.30 1.1Nm 78.6 3.10 2 0.08 3 0.12 117 4.61 140 (4P) 5.51 52.5 2.07 ~ 25 ~ 0.98 135 5.31 1 0.04 45 1.77 1 0.04 78.6 3.10 1SDC21052IF0001 19.3 0.76 38.5 1.52 160 6.30 3 25mm insulating barriers between phases US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/89 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker Residual current RC Sel 140 5.51 24 MAX 0.94 MAX 35 35 1.37 1.37 8 0.31 6 MAX 0.23 MAX 52.5 2.06 17.5 0.68 69.5 2.73 134 5.27 8 0.31 24 MAX 0.94 MAX 19 0.74 4.5 0.17 6 MAX 0.23 MAX 2 0.07 3 0.11 3 0.11 137 5.39 54.5 2.14 51 2.00 136 5.35 Captions 1 Residual current 2 Front terminals 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting with flange 8 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting without flange 9 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 5/90 A With standard flange IV 86 Without flange IV 83.5 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 50 1.96 1SDC21052DF0001 60 2.36 173 6.81 80 3.14 89 3.50 25 0.98 29 1.14 145 5.70 58 2.28 9 MAX 0.35 MAX 163 6.41 215 8.46 87 81 3.42 3.18 215 8.46 80 3.14 236 9.29 5 19 0.74 9 MAX 0.35 MAX 70 2.75 35 1.37 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Mounting on the backplate Captions 164.4 6.47 145.5 5.73 140.5 5.53 132.5 5.22 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 35 1.38 35 1.38 52.5 2.07 35 1.38 182 7.16 1.1Nm 3 0.12 Mounting at 50mm 2 0.08 1SDC21053IF0001 5 A With standard flange III - IV 136 Without flange III - IV 133.5 III - IV 141.5 Mounting at 70mm for front extended terminals A With standard flange III - IV 156 Without flange III - IV 153.5 III - IV 161.5 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/91 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Drilling templates 142 5.60 53.5 2.11 53.5 2.11 72 2.83 38 1.50 48 1.89 72 2.83 38 1.50 48 1.89 92 3.62 92 3.62 107 4.21 5 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 4 POLES 60 2.36 60 2.36 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 60 2.36 3-4 POLES 5/92 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21054IF0001 72 2.83 38 1.50 3 POLES Flanges Captions 116 4.56 1 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III 151 5.94 2 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker IV 123.8 4.87 123.8 4.87 3 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker III-IV with MOE and FLD 4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV with direct rotary handle 5 Optional flange 5 114.3 4.5 111 4.37 85 3.35 104.5 4.11 1SDC21055IF0001 78 3.07 61 2.40 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/93 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker Drilling templates compartment door With standard flange 110 4.33 145 5.71 55 2.17 29 1.14 97 3.82 97 3.82 29 1.14 55 2.17 1SDC21056IF0001 5 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 102 4.01 47 1.85 23.5 0.93 137 5.39 1SDC21057IF0001 89 3.50 43 1.69 25 0.98 25 0.98 89 3.50 17 0.67 51 2 51 2 3-4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 140 (4P) 5.51 135 5.31 105 (3P) 4.13 100 3.94 With optional flange 57 2.24 45 1.77 52.5 2.07 30 1.18 5/94 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 1SDC21058IF0001 B=142 C=162 3 - POLES 4 POLI 3-4 162 6.38 73 2.87 182 7.16 32 1.26 28.5 1.12 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals EF 35 1.38 35 1.38 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 35 1.38 17.5 0.69 15 0.59 50 1.97 4 0.16 35 1.38 70 2.76 165.5 6.52 160.5 6.32 152.5 6.0 4 0.16 O8 O 0.31 5 1SDC21059IF0001 22.5 8Nm 104 0.89 4.09 113.5 4.47 8Nm MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 70mm Captions 4 Front extended terminals 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Note:insulated plate to be provided by customer US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/95 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals ES 130 5.12 50 1.97 30 1.18 50 1.97 30 1.18 30 1.18 25 0.98 77.5 3.05 80.5 3.16 6 0.24 O 10.5 O 0.41 3 POLES 155 6.10 107 4.21 53.5 2.11 O 2.6 O 0.09 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 395 15.55 179 7.05 114 4.49 164 6.46 5 38 1.50 72 2.83 92 3.62 48 1.89 8Nm 60 2.36 MOUNTING AT 50mm 115 4.53 30 1.18 195 7.68 4 POLES 142 5.60 53.5 2.11 O 10.5 O 0.41 O 2.6 O 0.09 395 15.55 38 1.50 179 7.05 164 6.46 1SDC21060IF0001 114 4.49 72 2.83 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 48 1.89 30 1.18 5 0.20 45 1.77 92 3.62 30 1.18 165 6.50 45 1.77 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 30 1.18 45 1.77 Captions 1 Front extended spread terminals 2 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 3 Insulated plate (compulsory)provided 4 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker 5 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker 6 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 5/96 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 60 2.36 1x2.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl 27.5 1.08 Captions 35 1.37 35 1.37 17x17 0.66x0.66 35 1.37 25 0.98 1 1x1...185mm2 front terminals FCCuAl 18 0.70 2 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1SDC21061DF0001 104 4.09 6 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm Terminals MC Captions 35 1.37 76.5 3.01 174 6.85 6 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 15 0.59 4 Multicable terminals 1SDC21063DF0001 35 1.37 15 0.59 30 1.18 38 1.49 35 1.37 26.5 1.04 8.2 0.32 128 5.03 3 Provided high terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (compulsory for multi-cables terminals) 45.5 1.79 MOUNTING AT 50mm US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/97 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker Terminals HR/VR 70 2.76 77.5 3.05 50 1.97 5 0.20 20 0.79 O 8.2 O 0.32 6Nm MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm 82.9 3.26 72.9 2.86 Captions 1 Rear vertical terminals 82.9 3.26 72.9 2.86 42.9 1.68 32.9 1.29 2 Rear horizontal terminals 35 1.38 35 1.38 1SDC21061IF0001 5 0.20 35 1.38 20 35 1.38 35 1.38 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 42.9 1.68 32.9 1.29 17.7 0.70 35 1.38 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided 5/98 6Nm O 8.2 O 0.32 0.79 5 77.5 3.05 70 2.76 17.7 0.70 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 50 1.97 132.5 5.22 19 0.74 63 2.48 37.5 1.48 31.1 1.22 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 35 1.38 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 35 35 1.38 1.38 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 227 8.94 182 7.16 9.3 0.36 28 33.5 1.10 1.32 48.5 1.91 78.5 3.10 208 8.19 5 3 0.12 91 3.58 50.5 1.99 45.5 1.79 79.5 3.13 91 3.58 49 1.93 54.7 2.15 101 3.97 2 0.08 222 8.74 1SDC21062IF0001 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 200 7.87 200 7.87 4 Key lock (not provided) 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 6 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 8 Extended terminals US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/99 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 9.6 9.6 0.38 0.38 81.6 81.6 3.21 3.21 208 208 8.19 8.19 227 227 8.94 8.94 182 182 7.16 7.16 5 50 1.97 50 1.97 132.5 5.22 132.5 5.22 O 3.5 O 3.5 O 0.14 O 0.14 15 0.59 15 0.59 ~ 100 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 ~ 3.94 35 1.38 35 1.38 140 (4P) 5.51 140 (4P) 105 (3P) 5.51 4.13 105 (3P) 35 35 4.13 1.38 1.38 35 35 1.38 1.38 1.1Nm ~ 100 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 ~ 3.94 1.1Nm 3 0.12 200 7.87 200 7.87 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 4 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 5 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle with flange 6 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle without flange 5/100 91 3.58 91 45.5 3.58 1.79 14.5 45.5 14 0.57 1.79 0.55 14 14.5 0.55 0.57 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O 3.5 O 0.14 O 3.5 O 0.14 48.7 48.7 1.92 1.92 79 79 3.11 3.11 61.5 61.5 2.42 2.42 O 3.5 O 0.14 O 3.5 O 0.14 55 55 2.17 2.17 91 91 3.58 3.58 61.5 61.5 2.42 2.42 91 3.58 91 50.5 3.58 1.99 14.5 50.5 14 0.57 1.99 0.55 14 14.5 0.55 0.57 2 0.08 2 0.08 170 6.69 170 6.69 200 7.87 200 7.87 1SDC21063IF0001 3 0.12 Ekip Display or LED Meter Captions 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 1 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided ~ 100 ~ 3.94 50 1.97 4 0.16 38.5 1.52 182 7.16 5 19.3 0.76 1.1Nm ~ 100 ~ 3.94 MOUNTING AT 50mm 78.6 3.10 35 1.38 70 2.76 169.35 6.67 165.5 6.52 152.5 6.0 4 0.16 1.1Nm 1SDC21064IF0001 2 Ekip Display or LED Meter 15 0.59 52.5 2.07 149.35 5.88 145.5 5.73 132.5 5.22 MOUNTING AT 70mm US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/101 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker Residual current RC Sel Captions 35 1.37 35 1.37 15 0.59 35 1.37 1 Residual current 8 0.31 100 3.93 20 0.78 3 Fixed part 4 0.15 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 91 3.58 4 Moving part 240 9.44 81 3.18 146 5.74 8 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting without flange 163 6.41 7 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and mounting with flange 100 3.93 58 2.28 9 Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker on sheet 3 0.11 2 0.07 52.5 2.06 29 1.14 51 2.00 215 8.46 80 3.14 173 6.81 89 3.50 54.5 2.14 69.5 2.73 145 5.70 25 0.98 137 5.39 17.5 0.68 4.5 0.17 B With standard flange IV 136 Without flange IV 133.5 5/102 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21067DF0001 60 2.36 5 249 9.80 6 Extended terminals Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker Drilling templates for the backplate 142 5.60 53.5 2.11 53.5 2.11 38 1.50 48 1.89 72 2.83 72 2.83 38 1.50 48 1.89 92 3.62 92 3.62 107 4.21 5 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 3 POLES 4 POLES 60 2.36 1SDC21065IF0001 72 2.83 38 1.50 60 2.36 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 60 2.36 3-4 POLES Flanges Captions 1SDC21066IF0001 1 Flange for withdrawable circuit breaker III-IV C D RHD 111 124.5 FLD - MOE 114.3 134.5 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/103 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker Drilling templates for compartment door With standard flange 110 4.33 145 5.71 55 2.17 29 1.14 97 3.82 97 3.82 29 1.14 55 2.17 1SDC21067IF0001 5 4 POLES 3 POLES Without flange 137 5.39 47 1.85 23.5 51 2 0.93 3-4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES With optional flange 140 (4P) 5.51 135 5.31 105 (3P) 4.13 100 3.94 57 2.24 45 1.77 30 1.18 5/104 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 1SDC21069IF0001 B=142 C=162 3 - 4POLES POLI 3-4 162 6.38 73 2.87 182 7.16 32 1.26 28.5 1.12 52.5 2.07 1SDC21068IF0001 89 3.50 89 3.50 43 1.69 17 0.67 25 0.98 51 2 25 0.98 102 4.01 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker Terminals EF 152.5 6.0 50 1.97 35 1.38 4 0.16 35 1.38 15 0.59 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 4 0.16 70 2.76 7Nm 1.1Nm 1.1Nm 35 1.38 17.5 0.69 O8 O 0.31 104 4.09 113.5 4.47 7Nm 35 1.38 19.6 0.78 196.25 7.73 MOUNTING AT 70mm 1SDC21075IF0001 5 MOUNTING AT 50mm Captions 4 Front extended terminals 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided Note:insulated plate (compulsory) provided US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/105 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker Terminals ES 30 1.18 1 0.04 50 1.97 30 1.18 50 1.97 205 8.07 165 6.50 45 1.77 45 1.77 30 1.18 O 10.5 O 0.41 30 1.18 30 1.18 45 1.77 30 1.18 30 1.18 O 10.5 O 0.41 112.5 4.43 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 25 0.98 ~ 200 ~ 7.87 80.5 3.16 6 0.24 165 6.50 130 5.12 179 7.05 164 6.46 114 4.49 114 4.49 5 164 6.46 179 7.05 6Nm MOUNTING AT 50 mm 107 4.21 53.5 2.11 3 POLES 115 4.53 142 5.60 53.5 2.11 O 2.6 O 0.09 3 Insulated plate provided compulsory for Ue>440V 4 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker 5 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker 6 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 5/106 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21070IF0001 395 15.55 72 2.83 38 1.50 92 3.62 395 15.55 38 1.50 72 2.83 92 3.62 48 1.89 60 2.36 1 Front extended spread terminals 2 200mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided O 2.6 O 0.09 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 O 4.5 - M4 O 0.18 Captions 4 POLES 195 7.68 48 1.89 77.5 3.05 155 6.10 60 2.36 5 0.20 1x2.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl Captions 27.5 1.08 17x17 0.66x0.66 35 1.37 35 1.37 35 1.37 25 0.98 2 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 1SDC21076DF0001 104 4.09 5 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 114 4.48 4 Front terminals FCCuAl 5 MOUNTING AT 50 mm Terminals FCCu 17x17 0.66x0.66 27.5 1.08 Captions 35 1.37 35 1.37 35 1.37 25 0.98 1 25mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided as standard with the circuit breaker 1SDC21009GF0001 104 4.09 3 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 114 4.48 2 Terminals FCCu MOUNTING AT 50 mm Terminals MC 45.5 1.79 26.5 1.04 35 1.37 91 6.85 28 1.10 38 1.49 15 0.59 15 0.59 1SDC21079DF0001 4 Adapter (compulsory) not provided 35 1.37 128 5.03 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (optional) provided 35 1.37 8.2 0.32 1 Multicable terminals 76.5 3.01 Captions MOUNTING AT 50 mm US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/107 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker O 8.2 O 0.32 77.5 3.05 20 0.79 5 70 2.76 70 2.76 77.5 3.05 5 0.20 Terminals HR/VR MOUNTING AT 50 mm MOUNTING AT 50 mm 82.9 3.26 82.9 3.26 72.9 2.86 72.9 2.86 42.9 1.68 17.7 0.70 42.9 1.68 17.7 0.70 O 8.2 O 0.32 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 Captions 1 Rear vertical terminals 2 Rear horizontal terminals 3 90mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) not provided 5/108 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog O 8.2 O 0.32 ~ 90 ~ 3.54 1SDC21071IF0001 35 1.38 35 1.38 35 1.38 7.5 0.29 35 1.38 35 1.38 20 0.79 32.9 1.29 32.9 1.29 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker O 3.5 O 0.14 Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 176.25 6.94 84.5 3.33 50 1.97 132.5 5.22 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 52.5 2.07 164 6.46 77.2 3.04 227 8.94 9.5 0.37 208 8.19 182 7.16 5 1.1Nm ~ 100 ~ 3.94 O8 O 0.31 27.5 1.08 35 1.38 101 3.97 80 3.15 14 0.55 2 x O 3.5 0.08 x O 0.14 19 18 0.74 0.71 Captions 91 3.58 55 2.17 14.5 0.57 50.5 1.99 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Front for lever operating mechanism FLD 2 0.08 170 6.69 3 0.12 1SDC21072IF0001 35 1.38 61.5 2.42 35 1.38 200 7.87 4 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and fixed flange 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 6 Extended terminals US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/109 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT4 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 140 (4P) 5.51 105 (3P) 4.13 50 1.97 132.5 5.22 228.3 8.99 58.4 2.30 32.9 1.29 26.5 1.04 84.5 3.33 61.5 2.42 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 182 7.16 28 33.5 1.10 1.32 208 8.19 227 8.94 5 14.2 0.56 1.8 0.07 222 8.74 3 0.12 2 0.08 14.8 0.58 38.8 1.53 101 3.97 50.5 1.99 Captions 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Stored energy motor operator (MOE) 4 Drilling template of door with MOE and fixing flange 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 6 Extended terminals 7 Key lock (not provided) 5/110 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 200 7.87 1SDC21073IF0001 19 18 0.74 0.71 91 3.58 54.7 2.15 80 3.15 47.9 1.88 77.3 3.04 164 6.46 12 0.47 ~ 100 ~ 3.94 52.5 2.07 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT - Common accessories Residual current RC Sel 4 poles 3.5 0.13 VIEW FROM "B" 176.25 6.93 132.5 5.21 140 5.51 50 15 0.59 35 1.37 100 3.93 4 1.96 0.15 35 1.37 35 1.37 84.5 3.32 91 3.58 100 3.93 13 0.51 170 6.69 50 1.96 2 0.07 50.5 1.98 14.5 0.57 Captions 101 3.97 80 3.14 14 0.55 3 Front for lever operating mechanism 55 2.16 91 3.58 2 Moving part 3.5 0.13 18 0.70 1 Fixed part 2x 2x 61.5 2.42 3 0.11 18.5 0.72 58 2.28 146 5.74 81.5 3.20 91 3.58 249 9.80 240 9.44 77.2 3.03 4.81 0.18 82 3.22 104 4.09 5 19 0.74 76.5 3.01 4 Connector residual current (optional) 68 2.67 5 100mm insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) provided 6 Residual current 8 Mounting screws for fixed part of connector 9 Drilling template of door with direct rotary handle and fixed flange 144 5.66 54.5 2.14 R = 200 MIN R = 7.87 MIN 1SDC21083DF0001 7 Extended terminals US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/111 Approximate dimensions Tmax XT - Common accessories Horizontal interlock XT series 440 17.32 Captions 400 15.75 1 Interlocking mechanism M6 2 Drilling template for mounting interlocking system 3 Drilling template for all versions with rear terminals 5 Tightening torque 3Nm 6 Tightening torque 2.5Nm 7 Coupling plate for circuit breakers 8 Breaking for 4p version 7.5 0.29 65 2.56 9 A = 35mm XT4 withdrawable with key lock for fixed part A = 25mm XT2 withdrawable with key lock for fixed part 400 15.75 90 3.54 144 5.67 O 6.5 O 0.26 9 0.35 28 1.10 79 3.11 144 5.67 5/112 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21074IF0001 81 3.19 240 9.49 5 270 10.63 240 9.49 4 Tightening torque 3.7Nm Approximate dimensions Distances to be respected Insulation distances for installation in metallic cubicles Circuit breakers A B C (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in) XT1 120 / 4.72 70 / 2.76 120 / 4.72 XT2 90 / 3.54 45 / 1.77 90 / 3.54 XT3 110 / 4.34 55 / 2.17 110 / 4.34 XT4 110 / 4.34 45 / 1.77 110 / 4.34 5 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/113 Wiring diagrams Information on how to read the diagrams 6/2 Graphic symbols (IEC 60617 and CEI 3-14...3-26 Standards) 6/3 Wiring Diagrams of the circuit breakers 6/4 Wiring Diagrams of the accessories 6/8 Resetting instructions 6/22 6 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/1 Wiring diagrams Information on how to read the diagrams Shown The diagrams are shown in the following conditions: - fixed version circuit breaker, open; - withdrawable or plug-in version circuit breaker, open and connected; - contactor for starting the motor open; - circuits de-energized; - trip units not tripped; - motor operator with springs charged. 6 The diagram shows a circuit breaker or a switch-disconnector in the withdrawable or plug-in version, but is also valid for fixed version circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors. For fixed version circuit breakers, auxiliary circuits are headed at terminal box XV: connectors J.. and XB.., XC.., XD.. and XE.. are not supplied. For plug-in version circuit breakers, auxiliary circuits are headed at connectors XB.., XC.., XD.. and XE..: connectors J.. are not supplied. For withdrawable version circuit breakers, auxiliary circuits are headed at connectors J..: connectors XB.., XC.., XD.. and XE.. are not supplied. 6/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Wiring diagrams Graphic symbols (IEC 60617 and CEI 3-14 ...3-26 Standards) Thermal effect Conductors with corded cables (example two conductors) Opening contact Short adjustable time delay characteristic Electromagnetic effect Connection of conductors Changeover contact with momentary break Overcurrent release with short inverse adjustable time delay characteristic Timing Terminal or clamp Closing position contact (limit switch) Overcurrent release with long inverse adjustable time delay characteristic Mechanical connection Socket and plug (female and male) Opening position contact (limit switch) Overcurrent release for earth fault with short inverse time characteristic Manual mechanical operating mechanism (general case) Resistor (general symbol) Changeover contact with momentary break (limit switch) Current relay for unbalance between phases Rotary handle operating mechanism Resistor dependent on the temperature Contactor (closing contact) Residual current release Pushbutton operating mechanism Motor (general symbol) Power cut-off of switchdisconnector power with automatic opening Relay for detecting lack of phase in a three-phase system Key operating mechanism Three-phase asynchronous motor, with shortcircuited rotor (cage) Switch-disconnector Relay for detecting blocked rotor by means of current measurement Cam operating mechanism Current transformer Control coil (general symbol) Lamp, general symbol Ground (general symbol) Current transformer with primary consisting of 4 passing conductors and with wound secondary, with socket Thermal trip unit Motor with excitation in series Converter separated galvanically Closing contact Instantaneous overcurrent release Brush Conductors in shielded cable (example two conductors) Voltmeter Ammeter Overcurrent release with Wattmeter 6 M Watt-hour meter US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/3 Four-pole circuit breaker with thermal magnetic trip unit and RC Sel 200 or RC B type residual current release 1SDC21079GF0001 Four-pole circuit breaker with thermal magnetic trip unit and RC Sel residual current release 1SDC21087DF0001 Three-pole or four-pole XT4 circuit breaker with Ekip E-LSIG microprocessor based release Diagram recommended for three-pole plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers with current transformer on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker 6/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21086DF0001 Four-pole circuit breaker with electronic trip unit and RC Sel residual current release Fixed version three-pole XT4 circuit breaker with Ekip E-LSIG with current transformer on neutral conductor, external to circuit breaker 1SDC21081GF0001 Three-pole fixed version circuit breaker with current transformer on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker 1SDC21088DF0001 6 1SDC21080GF0001 1SDC21084DF0001 1SDC21085DF0001 Wiring diagrams of the circuit breakers Recommended diagram for plug-in or withdrawable version three-pole circuit breakers with current transformer and voltage connection on neutral conductor, external to circuit breaker Description of figures Fig. 47 Fig. 63 = C urrent transformer circuit on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker (for plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breaker). = C ircuit of the voltage socket on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker (for Ekip E_LSIG type microprocessorbased plug-in or withdrawable circuit breaker). Notes G) To remove the circuit breaker from a three-pole fixed version with a current transformer on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker, the TI/N transformer terminals must be short-circuited. Caption * J.. = Diagram figure number = See the note indicated by the letter =Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously. K51 = E lectronic trip unit: - overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG - of motor protection type Ekip M-LIU K87 = Residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200, RC B Type Q = Main circuit breaker S75I/1..4 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in the connected position (only provided with plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers) S75S/1-2 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in the racked-out position (only provided with withdrawable version circuit breakers) SD = Power supply switch-disconnector of the residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200 or RC B Type TI = Toroidal current transformer TI/L1 = C urrent transformer placed on phase L1 TI/L2 = C urrent transformer placed on phase L2 TI/L3 = C urrent transformer placed on phase L3 TI/N = C urrent transformer placed on the neutral V1 = C ircuit breaker applications X41 = C ircuit connector for external neutral XG-XH = E lectronic trip unit connectors XV = Terminal boxes of circuit breaker applications YO1 = Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release YO2 = Opening solenoid of the residual current release US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6 6/5 Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker with TMF or TMA thermal magnetic trip unit 1SDC21091DF0001 1SDC21089DF0001 1SDC21090DF0001 Wiring diagrams of the circuit breakers Three-pole circuit breaker with MCP (MA) magnetic trip unit Three-pole or four-pole molded case switch-disconnector Three-pole circuit breaker with Ekip M-LIU electronic trip unit 6/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 1SDC21096DF0001 Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker with Ekip I, Ekip LSI or Ekip LSIG electronic trip unit 1SDC21095DF0001 Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker with Ekip LS/I electronic trip unit 1SDC21093DF0001 1SDC21092DF0001 6 Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker with thermal magnetic trip unit and RC Inst or RC Sel residual current release Captions = * = K51 = K87 = Q = SD = TI = TI/L1 = TI/L2 = TI/L3 = TI/N = YO1 = YO2 = Diagram figure number See the note indicated by the letter Microprocessor-based release: - overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG - motor protection release type Ekip M-LIU Residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200, RC B Type Main circuit breaker Power supply switch-disconnector of the residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200 or RC B Type Toroidal current transformer C urrent transformer placed on phase L1 C urrent transformer placed on phase L2 C urrent transformer placed on phase L3 C urrent transformer placed on the neutral Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release Opening solenoid of the residual current release 6 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/7 Wiring diagrams of the accessories Service releases 1SDC21097DF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 1 2 5 6 = = = = Shunt opening release. Supplementary shunt opening release (only for four-pole circuit breakers). Instantaneous undervoltage release (see Notes B and F). Undervoltage release with electronic time delay device outside the circuit breaker, see note B). Notes B) The undervoltage release is supplied for power supply branched on the supply side of the circuit breaker or from an independent source: closing is only possible with the release energized (the lock on closing is made mechanically). F) Additional external resistor for undervoltage supplied at 380/440V AC and 480/525V AC. Caption * D J.. = = = = Q/0..7 R SO V1 V4 XB.. XV YO YU = = = = = = = = = 6/8 Diagram figure number See the note indicated by the letter Undervoltage release electronic time delay device (outside the circuit breaker) (only for voltages up to 250V) C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously C ircuit breaker auxiliary contacts Resistor (see note F) Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker C ircuit breaker applications Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits Terminal boxes of circuit breaker applications Shunt opening release Undervoltage release (see note B) SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Service releases 1SDC21098DF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 7 8 9 10 11 Fig. 12 Fig. 13 = = = = = Instantaneous undervoltage release in the version for machine tools with one contact in series (see notes B, C and F). Instantaneous undervoltage release in the version for machine tools with two contacts in series (see Notes B, C and F). F irst auxiliary early contact operated by the crank handle. Second auxiliary early contact operated by the crank handle. One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC B Type or RC Sel 200. = Residual current release circuits type RC Sel, RC B Type or RC Sel 200. = Two contacts for electrical signaling of residual current release pre-alarm and alarm type RC Sel, RC B Type or RC Sel 200. Notes B) The undervoltage release is supplied for power supply branched on the supply side of the circuit breaker or from an independent source: closing is only possible with the release energized (the lock on closing is made mechanically). C) Contacts S4/1 and S4/2 shown in figures 7-8 open the circuit with the circuit breaker open and reclose it when a manual closing command is given by means of the rotary handle, in accordance with the Standards regarding machine tools (in any case closing does not take place if the undervoltage release is not supplied). F) Additional external resistor for undervoltage supplied at 480/525V AC. Caption * J.. K87 R S4/1-4 S87/1 S87/2 S87/3 SO V1 V4 XB.. XC.. XV YU = Diagram figure number = See the note indicated by the letter = C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously = Residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200, RC B Type = Resistor (see note F) = Auxiliary early contacts operated by the circuit breaker mounted crank handle (see note C) = C ontact for electrical signaling of pre-alarm of the residual current release type RC Sel, RC B or RC Sel 200 = Contact for electrical signaling of alarm of the residual current release type RC Sel, RC B or RC Sel 200 = C ontact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the residual current release type RC Sel, RC Inst, RC B or RC Sel 200 = Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker = C ircuit breaker applications = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications = Undervoltage release (see note B) US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/9 Wiring diagrams of the accessories Motor operator 1SDC21099DF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. 21 Fig. 22 Fig. 23 = Direct control motor operator (MOD) (only for XT1 and XT3 fixed or plug-in circuit breakers) (see note I). = Motor operator with stored energy (MOE) (only for circuit breakers XT2 and XT4). = A contact for electrical signaling of stored energy motor operator that can be operated remotely. Notes F) Additional external resistor for MOD and MOE supplied at 480/525V AC. Caption * A17 H2 J.. = = = = = M M M1 R1 S1 S2 S3/1-2 S4 S6/1-2 SC SO V2 V4 XD.. XV YC = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 6/10 Diagram figure number See the note indicated by the letter Actuator unit type MOE for the stored energy motor operator Signaling lamp for stored energy motor operator blocked C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; extraction of the connectors takes place at the same time as that of the circuit breaker Motor with excitation in series for opening and closing the circuit breaker (fig. 21) Motor for opening the circuit breaker and spring charging for closing the circuit breaker (fig. 22) Three-phase asynchronous motor Resistor (see note F) C ontact controlled by the cam of the motor operator C ontact controlled by the key lock of the motor operator with direct action C ontacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector and key lock of the stored energy motor operator C ontact controlled by the cam of the motor operator with direct action C ontacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector of the motor operator with direct action Pushbutton or contact for closing the circuit breaker Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker Motor operator applications Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker N ine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications Shunt closing release of the stored energy motor operator SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Signaling contacts 1SDC21000EF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. 31 Fig. 32 Fig. 33 =One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and one changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V) (see notes E and I). = Two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed, two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) and one changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit (only for voltages up to 250V). = Three changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V). Notes E) The 24V auxiliary power supply unit of fig. 48 must be installed in the circuit breaker seats marked SY/1 and Q/2. Therefore, should you want to install the unit in fig. 48 and the contacts in fig. 31 at the same time, the contacts of fig. 31 must be installed in the adjacent slots; that is, contact SY/1 in the slot marked SY/2 and contact Q/2 in the slot marked Q/1. I) If the MOD (application in figure 21) and the auxiliary contacts 1Q+1SY (in figure 31) must be installed simultaneously, contact Q/2 must be installed in the slot marked as Q/1 Captions * J.. = Diagram figure number = See the note indicated by the letter = C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously Q/0..3 = C ircuit breaker auxiliary contacts S51 = C ontact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit SY/1..2 = C ontacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) V1 = C ircuit breaker applications V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker XC.. = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts XD.. = N ine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker XE.. = F ifteen-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/11 Wiring diagrams of the accessories Signaling contacts 1SDC21001EF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. 34 Fig. 35 Fig. 36 Fig. 37 Fig. 38 Captions * J.. Q/0..3 S51 SY/1 V1 V4 XB.. XC.. XD.. XE.. XV 6/12 = Three changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open and one changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V). = One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic electronic trip unit (only for voltages up to 250V). = Two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and one changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V). = One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and one changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) (only for voltage up to 400V). = Two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed (only for voltage up to 400V). = Diagram figure number = See the note indicated by the letter = C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously = C ircuit breaker auxiliary contacts = C ontact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit = C ontacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) = C ircuit breaker applications = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts = N ine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker = F ifteen-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Signaling contacts 111 121 131 141 154 154 152 152 151 144 144 142 142 141 132 132 134 134 131 122 122 124 124 121 112 114 112 6 151 1SDC21002EF0001 101 114 111 102 102 101 104 104 Description of figures Fig. 39 Fig. 41 Fig. 42 Fig. 43 Fig. 44 Fig. 45 Fig. 46 Fig. 48 = Three supplementary changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed (only for fixed or plug-in version circuit breakers). = F irst changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected (only for plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers). = Second changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected (only for plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers). = Third changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected(only for plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers). = F ourth changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected (only for plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers). = F irst changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of isolated (only for withdrawable version circuit breakers). = Second changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of isolated (only for withdrawable version circuit breakers). = Auxiliary circuits of the 24V auxiliary power supply unit and of the HMI030 type interface unit (see note E). Notes E) The 24V auxiliary power supply unit of fig. 48 must be installed in the circuit breaker seats marked SY/1 and Q/2. Therefore, should you want to install the unit in fig. 48 and the contacts in fig. 31 at the same time, the contacts of fig. 31 must be installed in the adjacent slots; that is, contact SY/1 in the slot marked SY/2 and contact Q/2 in the slot marked Q/1. H) Having requested a Uaux insulated from earth, "galvanically separated converters" must be used in compliance with IEC 60950 (UL 1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/13 Wiring diagrams of the accessories Signaling contacts 111 121 131 141 154 154 152 152 151 144 144 141 142 142 132 132 134 134 131 122 124 122 151 1SDC21002EF0001 101 124 121 6 112 112 114 114 111 102 102 101 104 104 Captions * J.. = Diagram figure number = See the note indicated by the letter = C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously K51 = E lectronic trip unit: - of overcurrent type Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG - of motor protection type Ekip I, Ekip M-I, Ekip M-LIU, Ekip M-LRIU - of generator protection type Ekip G-LSI Q/0..7 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts S75I/1..4 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in connected position (only provided with plug-in or withdrawable version circuit breakers) S75E/1-2 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in racked-out position (only provided with withdrawable version circuit breakers) V1 = C ircuit breaker applications V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker WI = Serial interface with the trip unit accessories X3 = C onnector of the circuit for the 24V auxiliary power supply unit XD.. = N ine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications A18 =24V auxiliary power supply unit (see note E) XH1 = E lectronic trip unit contacts 6/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Electronic trip unit Ekip E-LSIG connected with Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter 1SDC21074GF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. 50 =Auxiliary circuits of the Ekip E-LSIG microprocessor-based release connected to the Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display) display unit. Captions = Reference number of diagram figure A11 =Display unit type Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display) K51 =Microprocessor-based release: - overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG - motor protection release type Ekip M-LIU Q =Main switch TI/L1 =Current transformer located on phase L1 TI/L2 =Current transformer located on phase L2 TI/L3 =Current transformer located on phase L3 TI/N =Current transformer located on neutral YO1 =Opening solenoid of microprocessor-based overcurrent release US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/15 Wiring diagrams of the accessories Electronic trip unit Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip LED Meter 1SDC21003EF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. 51 Caption = Auxiliary circuits of the electronic trip unit type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip MLRIU connected to display unit type Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display). = A11 = K51 = Q = TI/L1 = TI/L2 = TI/L3 = TI/N = YO1 = 6/16 Diagram figure number Display unit type Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display) Microprocessor-based release: - overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG - motor protection release type Ekip M-LIU Main circuit breaker C urrent transformer placed on phase L1 C urrent transformer placed on phase L2 C urrent transformer placed on phase L3 C urrent transformer placed on the neutral Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Auxiliary circuit of Ekip-Com and HMI030 1SDC21004EF0001 6 Description of figures Fig. 52 = Auxiliary circuits of the Ekip Com type interface unit and of the HMI030 type interface unit (see note E). Notes H) Having requested a Uaux insulated from earth, "galvanically separated converters" must be used in compliance with IEC 60950 (UL 1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8. Captions = A12 = A13 = K51 = Q = Q/0..7 = SY/1..3 = TI/L1 TI/L2 TI/L3 TI/N WI WS XF XG-XH XV YO1 = = = = = = = = = = Diagram figure number Interface unit type Ekip Com (with MODBUS serial communication) Signaling unit type LD030 DO E lectronic trip unit: - of overcurrent type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG Main circuit breaker C ircuit breaker auxiliary contacts C ontacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) C urrent transformer placed on phase L1 C urrent transformer placed on phase L2 C urrent transformer placed on phase L3 C urrent transformer placed on the neutral Serial interface with the trip unit accessories Serial interface with the control system (MODBUS EIA RS485 interface) C onnector of the Interface unit type Ekip Com E lectronic trip unit connectors Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/17 Wiring diagrams of the accessories Electronic trip unit Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG connected to interface unit Ekip Com and with actuator unit type MOE-E for the stored energy motor operator 1SDC21075GF0001 6 6/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Description of figures Fig. 23 Fig. 53 = One contact for electrical signaling of stored energy motor operator that can be operated remotely. = Auxiliary circuits of the electronic trip unit type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip M-LRIU connected to interface unit type Ekip Com and with actuator unit type MOE-E for the stored energy motor operator. Notes H) Having requested a ground-insulated Uaux, "galvanically separated converters" must be used in compliance with IEC 60950 (UL 1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 6036441 and CEI 64-8. Captions A12 A14 H2 J.. = = = = = K51 = M = Q = Q/0..7 = R1 = S1 = S3/1-2 = SC = SO = SY/1..3 = TI TI/L1 TI/L2 TI/L3 TI/N WI WS XC.. XD.. XF XG-XH XV YC YO1 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Diagram figure number Interface unit type Ekip Com (with MODBUS serial communication) Actuator unit type MOE-E for the stored energy motor operator Signaling lamp for blocked stored energy motor operator C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously E lectronic trip unit: - of overcurrent type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG Motor with excitation in series for opening and closing the circuit breaker (fig. 21) Main circuit breaker C ircuit breaker auxiliary contacts Resistor (see note H) C ontact controlled by the cam of the motor operator C ontacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector and key lock of the stored energy motor operator Pushbutton or contact for closing the circuit breaker Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker C ontacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) Toroidal current transformer C urrent transformer placed on phase L1 C urrent transformer placed on phase L2 C urrent transformer placed on phase L3 C urrent transformer placed on the neutral Serial interface with the trip unit accessories Serial interface with the control system (MODBUS EIA RS485 interface) Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts N ine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker C onnector of the Interface unit type Ekip Com E lectronic trip unit connectors Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications Shunt closing release of the stored energy motor operator Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/19 6 Resetting instructions Instructions for resetting the circuit breaker following release tripping Selecting the type of circuit breaker resetting depends on design requirements and on service conditions. Resetting can take place following tripping of the following releases: - overcurrent; - undervoltage; - shunt opening. 6 The following three possibilities are suggested (see diagrams below): 1. Only manual resetting To be wired (by the customer): contact SO1, contact SY/1 and the auxiliary relay KO (only for MOD). Opening is prevented until the circuit breaker is in the tripped position. To reset the circuit breaker it is necessary to activate the special lever on the front of the motor until the circuit breaker goes into the open position. 2. Electrical resetting making the operator responsible To be wired (by the customer): contact SO1, SO2, contact SY/1 and the auxiliary relay KO (only for MOD). Opening is allowed by means of contact S02, an operation entrusted to the person in charge of the control station provided that information has been received by same that enables tripping due to a short-circuit to be ruled out or if the causes of the short circuit have been eliminated/remedied. 3. Electrical resetting always allowed To be wired (by the customer): contact SO1, SO2, contact SY/1 and the auxiliary relay KO (only for MOD). Opening is always allowed by means of contact S02. NB: If the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit is present, it is necessary to find the causes which led to the circuit breaker being in the tripped position so as to prevent reclosing under short-circuit conditions. In all cases, manual resetting is always allowed. 6/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog MOD MOE or MOE-E H H 1SDC21016EF0001 1SDC21078GF0001 6 Notes H) Having requested a ground-insulated Uax, "galvanically separated converters" must be used, in compliance with IEC 60950 (UL 1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8. Captions A17 J.. KO M M R1 S1 S2 S3/1-2 S6/1-2 SC SO1,S02 SY/1..3 V1 V2 V4 XB.. XC.. XD.. XV YC = Actuator unit type MOE for the stored energy motor operator H2 = Signaling lamp for blocked stored energy motor operator = C onnectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted simultaneously = Auxiliary opening relay = Motor with excitation in series for opening and closing the circuit breaker (fig. 21) = Motor for opening the circuit breaker and spring charging for closing the circuit breaker (fig. 22) = Resistor (see note H) = C ontact controlled by the cam of the motor operator = C ontact controlled by the key lock of the motor operator with direct action = C ontacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector and key lock of the stored energy motor operator = Contacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector of the motor operator with direct action = Pushbutton or contact for closing the circuit breaker = Pushbuttons or contacts for opening the circuit breaker (see "Instructions for resetting the circuit breaker following release tripping") = C ontacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped position) = C ircuit breaker applications = Motor operator applications = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts = N ine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications = Shunt closing release of the stored energy motor operator US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/21 Circuit breaker Ordering information Tmax XT catalog number explanation 7/2 XT1 7/8 XT2 7/10 XT3 7/13 XT4 7/15 Accessories 7/21 7 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/1 Instructions for ordering Tmax XT catalog number explanation Configurator tool can be found at www.abb.us/lowvoltage-configurator XT 2 L U 3 125 G F F E E D X X X 1&2 3 4 5 6 7,8&9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 & 2 - Tmax XT prefix, XT 3 - Frame size 1 2 3 4 XT1 - to 125A, 600Y/347V (UL) / 160A, 690V (IEC) - Thermal magnetic protection XT2 - to 125A, 600V (UL) / 160A (IEC), 690V - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection XT3 - to 225A, 600Y/347V (UL) / 250A, 690V (IEC) - Thermal magnetic protection XT4 - to 250A, 600V (UL) / 250A, 690V (IEC) - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection 4 - Breaking capacity UL kA @ 480V UL kA @ 600Y/347V UL kA @ 600V IEC kA @ 415V 7 B 18 C 25 N 25 18/10 (1) 18 36 S 35 22/10 (1) 22 50 H 65 25 25 70 L 100 35/50 (2) 120 V 150 42/65 (2) 150 X 200 42/100/65 (2) - Breaking capacities are 18(N) and 22(S) for XT1 and 10 (N&S) for XT3. Breaking capacities are 35 (L) and 42 (V&X) for XT2 and 50 (L), 65 (V) for XT4 with X at 100 to 150A and 65 to 250A. Note: H, L and V breaking capacities for XT2 and XT4 UL are Current Limiting. (1) (2) 5 - Standard UL 80% rated / IEC dual rated UL 100% rated / IEC dual rated IEC only / use only for IEC specific needs IEC for 50C (1) + CCC Mark C (1) L (1) R - U Q E 5 Product is in development. Contact ABB for availability. 6 - Number of poles 2 3 4 N 2 Poles (XT4 N UL version only) 3 Poles 4 Poles, 100% Neutral 4 Poles 50% Neutral (IEC, TMD/TMA over 100A only) 7-9 - Nominal current UL Circuit Breakers XT1 TMF XT2 TMF/TMA (1) Ele XT3 TMF XT4 TMF/TMA (2) Ele XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 TMF TMF/TMA (1) Ele TMF TMF/TMA (2) Ele 10A 010 - 15A 015 015 - 20A 020 020 - 25A 025 025 025 025 - 30A 030 030 030 - 35A 035 035 035 - 40A 040 040 040 040 45A 045 - 50A 050 050 050 - 60A 060 060 060 060 060 060 80A 90A 100A 110A 125A 150A 175A 200A 225A 250A 080 080 080 080 - 090 090 090 090 - 100 100 100 100 100 100 110 110 110 110 - 125 125 125 125 125 - 150 150 150 175 175 - 200 200 - 225 225 225 250 250 70A 070 070 070 070 - Tmax XT2 are thermal magnetic fixed through 70A and thermal magnetic adjustable for 80A and higher. Tmax XT4 are thermal magnetic fixed through 70A for all pole versions. 80A and higher 2-pole versions have thermal magnetic fixed. 3-pole versions have both thermal magnetic fixed and adjustable options and 4-pole versions have thermal magnetic adjustable. (1) (2) 7/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog UL Motor Protection XT1 MCP (MA) XT2 MCP (MA) M-LIU XT3 MCP (MA) XT4 MCP (MA) M-LIU XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 UL Switches XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 3A 003 003 - 7A 007 007 - 15A 015 015 - 25A 025 025 - 30A 030 030 - 40A 040 50A 050 050 050 - 60A 060 060 70A 070 070 - MCP (MA) MCP (MA) M-LIU MCP (MA) MCP (MA) M-LIU 80A 080 080 080 - 100A 100 100 100 100 100 100 110A 110 110 - 125A 125 125 125 125 - 150A 150 150 150 175A 175 - 200A 200 200 - 225A 225 - 250A 250 - MCS MCS MCS MCS 125A 125 125 - 225A 225 - 250A 250 4A 004 50A 050 050 050 - 5A 005 63A 063 063 063 063 063 063 8A 008 80A 080 080 080 080 - IEC Circuit Breakers XT1 TMD XT2 TMD/TMA (1) Ele XT3 TMD XT4 TMD/TMA (1) Ele XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 (1) TMD TMD/TMA (1) Ele TMD TMD/TMA (1) Ele 7 10A 010 010 100A 100 100 100 100 100 100 16A 016 016 016 125A 125 125 125 125 - 20A 020 020 020 160A 160 160 160 160 160 160 25A 025 025 025 025 200A 200 200 - 32A 032 032 032 225A 225 - 40A 040 040 040 040 250A 250 250 250 Tmax XT2 and XT4 IEC are thermal magnetic with adjustable overlaod and fixed instantaneous through 32A and thermal magnetic adjustable for 40A and higher. IEC Motor Protection XT2 XT3 XT4 XT2 XT3 XT4 1A 2A 4A MF/MA MI MA MA 001 - 002 - 004 - 125A 160A 200A MF/MA MI MA MA 125 125 160 160 160 200 200 10A 20A 32A 52A 80A 100A 010 020 020 020 032 032 032 052 052 052 080 080 100 100 100 100 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/3 Catalog number explanation IEC Switches XT1 XT3 XT4 MCS MCS MCS IEC Generator Protection XT2 TMG XT3 TMG XT2 XT3 TMG TMG 160A 250A 160 - 250 250 16A 016 - 20A 020 - 25A 025 - 160A 200A 250A 160 160 200 250 32A 032 - 40A 040 - 50A 050 - 63A 063 063 10 - Trip unit 7 A Thermal magnetic fixed (TMF) B Thermal magnetic adjustable (TMD/TMA) D Molded case switch disconnector E Ekip LS/I (Electronic, LS/I protection) F Ekip LSI (Electronic, LSI protection) G Ekip LSIG (Electronic, LSIG protection) H Ekip E-LSIG (Electronic, LSIG plus measurements) J Ekip I (Electronic, Instantaneous trip only) K Ekip M-I (Electronic Motor Protector, I protection) (IEC only) L Ekip M-LIU (Electronic Motor Protector with integrated overload and phase loss detection) (UL only) M Motor circuit protector (MCP - magnetic only (MA/MF) N Thermal magnetic generator protection (TMG) (IEC only) 11 - Line side termination (top) F F Front terminals, no lugs installed A FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps) B FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1) G FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) H FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) J FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) K FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) L FC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2) Z MC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire) 1 EF Extended front terminals 2 ES Extended spread terminals 3 FB Terminals for flexible busbar (IEC only) 4 R Rear terminals (IEC only) 5 Panel board Adapter(1) 6 Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for load side) 7 Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the load side) Product is in development. Contact ABB for availability. (2) Not available for XT4 X version to 150A. Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details. (1) 7/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 80A 080 080 100A 100 100 125A 125 125 12 - Load side termination (bottom) F F Front terminals, no lugs installed A FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps) B FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1) G FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) H FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) J FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2) K FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2) L FC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2) Z MC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire) 1 EF Extended front terminals 2 ES Extended spread terminals 3 FB Terminals for flexible busbar (IEC only) 4 R Rear terminals (IEC only) 6 Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for line side) 7 Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the line side) Product is in development. Contact ABB for availability. (2) Not available for XT4 X version to 150A. Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details. (1) 7 13 - Internal accessories - left of mechanism 0 None A SOR Shunt trip 12V DC B SOR Shunt trip 24-30V AC/DC C SOR Shunt trip 48-60V AC/DC D SOR Shunt trip 110-127V AC / 110-125V DC E SOR Shunt trip 220-240V AC / 220-250V DC F SOR Shunt trip 380-440V AC G SOR Shunt trip 480-525V AC Z AUX 3Q 250V AC/DC (not available for withdrawable) 1 UVR Undervoltage release 24-30V AC/DC 2 UVR Undervoltage release 48V AC/DC 3 UVR Undervoltage release 60V AC/DC 4 UVR Undervoltage release 110-127V AC 110-125V DC 5 UVR Undervoltage release 220-240V AC 220-250V DC 6 UVR Undervoltage release 380-440V AC 7 UVR Undervoltage release 480-525V AC Note: A second option for the left side of the mechanism is available on a 4-pole circuit breaker as a loose accessory. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/5 Catalog number explanation 14 - Internal accessories - right of mechanism 7 0 None A AUX 1Q, 1SY 250V AC/DC B AUX 2Q, 1SY 250V AC/DC (not available for withdrawable) C AUX 3Q, 1SY 250V AC/DC (not available for XT1) D AUX 3Q, 2SY 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4) E AUX 2Q, 2SY, 1 S51 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4) F AUX 1 S51 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4) G AUX 1Q, 1SY 24V DC H AUX 3Q, 1SY 24V DC (not available for XT1) J AUX 1 S51 24V DC (XT2, XT4) K AUX 1Q, 1SY 400V AC (XT2, XT4 not compatible with other right side AUX) L AUX 2Q 400V AC (XT2, XT4 not compatible with other right side AUX) 1 Ekip Com (XT2, XT4, not compatible with other right side AUX) 2 Ekip Com + Aux 1S51 24V DC (XT2, XT4, not compatible with other right side AUX) 3 Ekip Com + Aux 1S51 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4, not compatible with other right side AUX) 15 - Front accessories 7/6 0 None A Motor operator 24V DC B Motor operator 48-60V DC C Motor operator 110-125V AC/DC D Motor operator 220-250V AC/DC E Motor operator 380-440V AC F Motor operator 480 - 525V AC G PLL Fixed padlock device in open/closed position H PLL Fixed padlock device in open position J PLL Removable padlock device in open position (XT1, XT3) K FLD Front for locking operating lever mechanism (XT2, XT4) L RHD Normal direct handle M RHD Emergency direct handle N RHE Variable depth mechanism, standard P RHE Variable depth mechanism, with padlock Q RHD Normal direct handle + Early Aux contact, opening R RHD Emergency direct handle + Early Aux contact, opening S RHE Variable depth mechanism, standard + Early Aux contact, opening T RHE Variable depth mechanism, with padlock + Early Aux Contact, opening U RHD Normal direct handle + Early Aux contact, closing V RHD Emergency direct handle + Early Aux contact, closing W RHE Variable depth mechanism, standard + Early Aux contact, closing X RHE Variable depth mechanism, with padlock + Early Aux Contact, closing 1 Motor operator for use with Modbus 24V DC (IEC only) 2 Motor operator for use with Modbus 48-60V DC (IEC only) 3 Motor operator for use with Modbus 110-125V AC/DC (IEC only) 4 Motor operator for use with Modbus 220-250V AC/DC (IEC only) 5 Motor operator for use with Modbus 380-440V AC (IEC only) 6 Motor operator for use with Modbus 480 - 525V AC (IEC only) SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 16 - Key locks X None A Ronis key lock, open position- A type B Ronis key lock, open position - B type C Ronis key lock, open position - C type D Ronis key lock, open position - D type E Ronis key lock, open position - different keys F Ronis key lock, open/closed - different keys (not available for motors) Note: Key locks are available for placement on the circuit breaker, on rotary handle mechanisms or on motors. Key locks for motors are IEC only. 17 - For future use X None 18 - Additional certifications X None Test certificate provided (in English) E 3yr warranty 4yr warranty 3 4 5yr warranty 5 A B C Test certificate provided (in French) F G H J Test certificate provided (in Spanish) S K L M 7 Note: Extended warranty options require additional paperwork to be completed per order. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/7 Ordering information for XT1 UL/CSA Circuit breakers XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Type TMF 15 500 N 25kA Catalog number XT1NU3015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NU3020AFF000XXX XT1SU3020AFF000XXX XT1HU3020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NU3025AFF000XXX XT1SU3025AFF000XXX XT1HU3025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NU3030AFF000XXX XT1SU3030AFF000XXX XT1HU3030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NU3035AFF000XXX XT1SU3035AFF000XXX XT1HU3035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NU3040AFF000XXX XT1SU3040AFF000XXX XT1HU3040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NU3045AFF000XXX XT1SU3045AFF000XXX XT1HU3045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NU3050AFF000XXX XT1SU3050AFF000XXX XT1HU3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NU3060AFF000XXX XT1SU3060AFF000XXX XT1HU3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NU3070AFF000XXX XT1SU3070AFF000XXX XT1HU3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NU3080AFF000XXX XT1SU3080AFF000XXX XT1HU3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NU3090AFF000XXX XT1SU3090AFF000XXX XT1HU3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NU3100AFF000XXX XT1SU3100AFF000XXX XT1HU3100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT1NU3110AFF000XXX XT1SU3110AFF000XXX XT1HU3110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT1NU3125AFF000XXX XT1SU3125AFF000XXX XT1HU3125AFF000XXX S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number In I3 Int Rtng (480V) S 35kA Catalog number XT1SU3015AFF000XXX H 65kA Catalog number XT1HU3015AFF000XXX 7 XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Type TMF In I3 Int Rtng (480V) N 25kA Catalog number 15 500 XT1NU4015AFF000XXX XT1SU4015AFF000XXX XT1HU4015AFF000XXX 20 500 XT1NU4020AFF000XXX XT1SU4020AFF000XXX XT1HU4020AFF000XXX 25 500 XT1NU4025AFF000XXX XT1SU4025AFF000XXX XT1HU4025AFF000XXX 30 500 XT1NU4030AFF000XXX XT1SU4030AFF000XXX XT1HU4030AFF000XXX 35 500 XT1NU4035AFF000XXX XT1SU4035AFF000XXX XT1HU4035AFF000XXX 40 500 XT1NU4040AFF000XXX XT1SU4040AFF000XXX XT1HU4040AFF000XXX 45 500 XT1NU4045AFF000XXX XT1SU4045AFF000XXX XT1HU4045AFF000XXX 50 500 XT1NU4050AFF000XXX XT1SU4050AFF000XXX XT1HU4050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT1NU4060AFF000XXX XT1SU4060AFF000XXX XT1HU4060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT1NU4070AFF000XXX XT1SU4070AFF000XXX XT1HU4070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT1NU4080AFF000XXX XT1SU4080AFF000XXX XT1HU4080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT1NU4090AFF000XXX XT1SU4090AFF000XXX XT1HU4090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT1NU4100AFF000XXX XT1SU4100AFF000XXX XT1HU4100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT1NU4110AFF000XXX XT1SU4110AFF000XXX XT1HU4110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT1NU4125AFF000XXX XT1SU4125AFF000XXX XT1HU4125AFF000XXX XT1 125A MCP (MA) Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Magnetic trip unit Type In I3 MCP 3 9...33 H 65kA Catalog number XT1HU3003MFF000XXX 7 21...77 XT1HU3007MFF000XXX 15 45...165 XT1HU3015MFF000XXX 30 90...330 XT1HU3030MFF000XXX 50 150...550 XT1HU3050MFF000XXX 70 210...770 XT1HU3070MFF000XXX 80 240...880 XT1HU3080MFF000XXX 100 300...1100 XT1HU3100MFF000XXX 125 375...1375 XT1HU3125MFF000XXX 7/8 Int Rtng (480V) SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT1 125A Switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No Trip Unit Type In Mag. Override D 125 1000 Int Rtng (480V) N 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number XT1NU3125DFF000XXX XT1SU3125DFF000XXX XT1HU3125DFF000XXX S 35 kA Catalog number XT1SU4125DFF000XXX H 65k Catalog number XT1HU4125DFF000XXX XT1 125A Switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No Trip Unit Type In Mag. Override D 125 1000 Int Rtng (480V) N 25kA Catalog number XT1NU4125DFF000XXX 7 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/9 Ordering information for XT2 UL/CSA Circuit breakers XT2 125A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Type TMF TMA 7 In Int Rtng (480 V) I3 N 25 kA Catalog number S 35 kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number X 200 kA Catalog number 15 400 XT2NU3015AFF000XXX XT2SU3015AFF000XXX XT2HU3015AFF000XXX XT2LU3015AFF000XXX XT2VU3015AFF000XXX XT2XU3015AFF000XXX 20 400 XT2NU3020AFF000XXX XT2SU3020AFF000XXX XT2HU3020AFF000XXX XT2LU3020AFF000XXX XT2VU3020AFF000XXX XT2XU3020AFF000XXX 25 400 XT2NU3025AFF000XXX XT2SU3025AFF000XXX XT2HU3025AFF000XXX XT2LU3025AFF000XXX XT2VU3025AFF000XXX XT2XU3025AFF000XXX 30 400 XT2NU3030AFF000XXX XT2SU3030AFF000XXX XT2HU3030AFF000XXX XT2LU3030AFF000XXX XT2VU3030AFF000XXX XT2XU3030AFF000XXX 35 400 XT2NU3035AFF000XXX XT2SU3035AFF000XXX XT2HU3035AFF000XXX XT2LU3035AFF000XXX XT2VU3035AFF000XXX XT2XU3035AFF000XXX 40 400 XT2NU3040AFF000XXX XT2SU3040AFF000XXX XT2HU3040AFF000XXX XT2LU3040AFF000XXX XT2VU3040AFF000XXX XT2XU3040AFF000XXX 50 500 XT2NU3050AFF000XXX XT2SU3050AFF000XXX XT2HU3050AFF000XXX XT2LU3050AFF000XXX XT2VU3050AFF000XXX XT2XU3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT2NU3060AFF000XXX XT2SU3060AFF000XXX XT2HU3060AFF000XXX XT2LU3060AFF000XXX XT2VU3060AFF000XXX XT2XU3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT2NU3070AFF000XXX XT2SU3070AFF000XXX XT2HU3070AFF000XXX XT2LU3070AFF000XXX XT2VU3070AFF000XXX XT2XU3070AFF000XXX 56...80 400...800 XT2NU3080BFF000XXX XT2SU3080BFF000XXX XT2HU3080BFF000XXX XT2LU3080BFF000XXX XT2VU3080BFF000XXX XT2XU3080BFF000XXX 63...90 450...900 XT2NU3090BFF000XXX XT2SU3090BFF000XXX XT2HU3090BFF000XXX XT2LU3090BFF000XXX XT2VU3090BFF000XXX XT2XU3090BFF000XXX 70...100 500...1000 XT2NU3100BFF000XXX XT2SU3100BFF000XXX XT2HU3100BFF000XXX XT2LU3100BFF000XXX XT2VU3100BFF000XXX XT2XU3100BFF000XXX 77...110 550...1100 XT2NU3110BFF000XXX XT2SU3110BFF000XXX XT2HU3110BFF000XXX XT2LU3110BFF000XXX XT2VU3110BFF000XXX XT2XU3110BFF000XXX 87.5...125 625...1250 XT2NU3125BFF000XXX XT2SU3125BFF000XXX XT2HU3125BFF000XXX XT2LU3125BFF000XXX XT2VU3125BFF000XXX XT2XU3125BFF000XXX XT2 125A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng (480 V) Type In I3 N 25 kA Catalog number S 35 kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number X 200 kA Catalog number TMF 15 400 XT2NU4015AFF000XXX XT2SU4015AFF000XXX XT2HU4015AFF000XXX XT2LU4015AFF000XXX XT2VU4015AFF000XXX XT2XU4015AFF000XXX 20 400 XT2NU4020AFF000XXX XT2SU4020AFF000XXX XT2HU4020AFF000XXX XT2LU4020AFF000XXX XT2VU4020AFF000XXX XT2XU4020AFF000XXX 25 400 XT2NU4025AFF000XXX XT2SU4025AFF000XXX XT2HU4025AFF000XXX XT2LU4025AFF000XXX XT2VU4025AFF000XXX XT2XU4025AFF000XXX 30 400 XT2NU4030AFF000XXX XT2SU4030AFF000XXX XT2HU4030AFF000XXX XT2LU4030AFF000XXX XT2VU4030AFF000XXX XT2XU4030AFF000XXX 35 400 XT2NU4035AFF000XXX XT2SU4035AFF000XXX XT2HU4035AFF000XXX XT2LU4035AFF000XXX XT2VU4035AFF000XXX XT2XU4035AFF000XXX 40 400 XT2NU4040AFF000XXX XT2SU4040AFF000XXX XT2HU4040AFF000XXX XT2LU4040AFF000XXX XT2VU4040AFF000XXX XT2XU4040AFF000XXX 50 500 XT2NU4050AFF000XXX XT2SU4050AFF000XXX XT2HU4050AFF000XXX XT2LU4050AFF000XXX XT2VU4050AFF000XXX XT2XU4050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT2NU4060AFF000XXX XT2SU4060AFF000XXX XT2HU4060AFF000XXX XT2LU4060AFF000XXX XT2VU4060AFF000XXX XT2XU4060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT2NU4070AFF000XXX XT2SU4070AFF000XXX XT2HU4070AFF000XXX XT2LU4070AFF000XXX XT2VU4070AFF000XXX XT2XU4070AFF000XXX 56...80 400...800 XT2NU4080BFF000XXX XT2SU4080BFF000XXX XT2HU4080BFF000XXX XT2LU4080BFF000XXX XT2VU4080BFF000XXX XT2XU4080BFF000XXX 63...90 450...900 XT2NU4090BFF000XXX XT2SU4090BFF000XXX XT2HU4090BFF000XXX XT2LU4090BFF000XXX XT2VU4090BFF000XXX XT2XU4090BFF000XXX 70...100 500...1000 XT2NU4100BFF000XXX XT2SU4100BFF000XXX XT2HU4100BFF000XXX XT2LU4100BFF000XXX XT2VU4100BFF000XXX XT2XU4100BFF000XXX 77...110 550...1100 XT2NU4110BFF000XXX XT2SU4110BFF000XXX XT2HU4110BFF000XXX XT2LU4110BFF000XXX XT2VU4110BFF000XXX XT2XU4110BFF000XXX 87.5...125 625...1250 XT2NU4125BFF000XXX XT2SU4125BFF000XXX XT2HU4125BFF000XXX XT2LU4125BFF000XXX XT2VU4125BFF000XXX XT2XU4125BFF000XXX TMA XT2 125A MCP (MA) - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Magnetic trip unit Type MCP 7/10 In Int Rtng (480 V) I3 H 65 kA Catalog number 3 12...33 XT2HU3003MFF000XXX 7 28...77 XT2HU3007MFF000XXX 15 45...165 XT2HU3015MFF000XXX 30 90...330 XT2HU3030MFF000XXX 50 150...550 XT2HU3050MFF000XXX 70 210...770 XT2HU3070MFF000XXX 80 240...880 XT2HU3080MFF000XXX 100 300...1100 XT2HU3100MFF000XXX 125 375...1375 XT2HU3125MFF000XXX SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT2 125A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Ekip electronic trip Int Rtng units (480 V) Type In N 25 kA Catalog number S 35 kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number Ekip LS/I 10 XT2NU3010EFF000XXX XT2SU3010EFF000XXX XT2HU3010EFF000XXX XT2LU3010EFF000XXX XT2VU3010EFF000XXX 25 XT2NU3025EFF000XXX XT2SU3025EFF000XXX XT2HU3025EFF000XXX XT2LU3025EFF000XXX XT2VU3025EFF000XXX 60 XT2NU3060EFF000XXX XT2SU3060EFF000XXX XT2HU3060EFF000XXX XT2LU3060EFF000XXX XT2VU3060EFF000XXX 100 XT2NU3100EFF000XXX XT2SU3100EFF000XXX XT2HU3100EFF000XXX XT2LU3100EFF000XXX XT2VU3100EFF000XXX 125 XT2NU3125EFF000XXX XT2SU3125EFF000XXX XT2HU3125EFF000XXX XT2LU3125EFF000XXX XT2VU3125EFF000XXX 10 XT2NU3010FFF000XXX XT2SU3010FFF000XXX XT2HU3010FFF000XXX XT2LU3010FFF000XXX XT2VU3010FFF000XXX 25 XT2NU3025FFF000XXX XT2SU3025FFF000XXX XT2HU3025FFF000XXX XT2LU3025FFF000XXX XT2VU3025FFF000XXX 60 XT2NU3060FFF000XXX XT2SU3060FFF000XXX XT2HU3060FFF000XXX XT2LU3060FFF000XXX XT2VU3060FFF000XXX 100 XT2NU3100FFF000XXX XT2SU3100FFF000XXX XT2HU3100FFF000XXX XT2LU3100FFF000XXX XT2VU3100FFF000XXX 125 XT2NU3125FFF000XXX XT2SU3125FFF000XXX XT2HU3125FFF000XXX XT2LU3125FFF000XXX XT2VU3125FFF000XXX 10 XT2NU3010GFF000XXX XT2SU3010GFF000XXX XT2HU3010GFF000XXX XT2LU3010GFF000XXX XT2VU3010GFF000XXX 25 XT2NU3025GFF000XXX XT2SU3025GFF000XXX XT2HU3025GFF000XXX XT2LU3025GFF000XXX XT2VU3025GFF000XXX 60 XT2NU3060GFF000XXX XT2SU3060GFF000XXX XT2HU3060GFF000XXX XT2LU3060GFF000XXX XT2VU3060GFF000XXX 100 XT2NU3100GFF000XXX XT2SU3100GFF000XXX XT2HU3100GFF000XXX XT2LU3100GFF000XXX XT2VU3100GFF000XXX 125 XT2NU3125GFF000XXX XT2SU3125GFF000XXX XT2HU3125GFF000XXX XT2LU3125GFF000XXX XT2VU3125GFF000XXX 10 XT2NU3010JFF000XXX XT2SU3010JFF000XXX XT2HU3010JFF000XXX XT2LU3010JFF000XXX XT2VU3010JFF000XXX 25 XT2NU3025JFF000XXX XT2SU3025JFF000XXX XT2HU3025JFF000XXX XT2LU3025JFF000XXX XT2VU3025JFF000XXX 60 XT2NU3060JFF000XXX XT2SU3060JFF000XXX XT2HU3060JFF000XXX XT2LU3060JFF000XXX XT2VU3060JFF000XXX 100 XT2NU3100JFF000XXX XT2SU3100JFF000XXX XT2HU3100JFF000XXX XT2LU3100JFF000XXX XT2VU3100JFF000XXX 125 XT2NU3125JFF000XXX XT2SU3125JFF000XXX XT2HU3125JFF000XXX XT2LU3125JFF000XXX XT2VU3125JFF000XXX 25 - - XT2HU3025LFF000XXX - - 60 - - XT2HU3060LFF000XXX - - 100 - - XT2HU3100LFF000XXX - - Ekip LSI Ekip LSIG Ekip I M-LIU 7 XT2 125A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Ekip electronic trip Int Rtng units (480 V) Type Ekip LS/I Ekip LSI Ekip LSIG Ekip I In N 25 kA Catalog number S 35 kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number 10 XT2NU4010EFF000XXX XT2SU4010EFF000XXX XT2HU4010EFF000XXX XT2LU4010EFF000XXX XT2VU4010EFF000XXX 25 XT2NU4025EFF000XXX XT2SU4025EFF000XXX XT2HU4025EFF000XXX XT2LU4025EFF000XXX XT2VU4025EFF000XXX 60 XT2NU4060EFF000XXX XT2SU4060EFF000XXX XT2HU4060EFF000XXX XT2LU4060EFF000XXX XT2VU4060EFF000XXX 100 XT2NU4100EFF000XXX XT2SU4100EFF000XXX XT2HU4100EFF000XXX XT2LU4100EFF000XXX XT2VU4100EFF000XXX 125 XT2NU4125EFF000XXX XT2SU4125EFF000XXX XT2HU4125EFF000XXX XT2LU4125EFF000XXX XT2VU4125EFF000XXX 10 XT2NU4010FFF000XXX XT2SU4010FFF000XXX XT2HU4010FFF000XXX XT2LU4010FFF000XXX XT2VU4010FFF000XXX 25 XT2NU4025FFF000XXX XT2SU4025FFF000XXX XT2HU4025FFF000XXX XT2LU4025FFF000XXX XT2VU4025FFF000XXX 60 XT2NU4060FFF000XXX XT2SU4060FFF000XXX XT2HU4060FFF000XXX XT2LU4060FFF000XXX XT2VU4060FFF000XXX 100 XT2NU4100FFF000XXX XT2SU4100FFF000XXX XT2HU4100FFF000XXX XT2LU4100FFF000XXX XT2VU4100FFF000XXX 125 XT2NU4125FFF000XXX XT2SU4125FFF000XXX XT2HU4125FFF000XXX XT2LU4125FFF000XXX XT2VU4125FFF000XXX 10 XT2NU4010GFF000XXX XT2SU4010GFF000XXX XT2HU4010GFF000XXX XT2LU4010GFF000XXX XT2VU4010GFF000XXX 25 XT2NU4025GFF000XXX XT2SU4025GFF000XXX XT2HU4025GFF000XXX XT2LU4025GFF000XXX XT2VU4025GFF000XXX 60 XT2NU4060GFF000XXX XT2SU4060GFF000XXX XT2HU4060GFF000XXX XT2LU4060GFF000XXX XT2VU4060GFF000XXX 100 XT2NU4100GFF000XXX XT2SU4100GFF000XXX XT2HU4100GFF000XXX XT2LU4100GFF000XXX XT2VU4100GFF000XXX 125 XT2NU4125GFF000XXX XT2SU4125GFF000XXX XT2HU4125GFF000XXX XT2LU4125GFF000XXX XT2VU4125GFF000XXX 10 XT2NU4010JFF000XXX XT2SU4010JFF000XXX XT2HU4010JFF000XXX XT2LU4010JFF000XXX XT2VU4010JFF000XXX 25 XT2NU4025JFF000XXX XT2SU4025JFF000XXX XT2HU4025JFF000XXX XT2LU4025JFF000XXX XT2VU4025JFF000XXX 60 XT2NU4060JFF000XXX XT2SU4060JFF000XXX XT2HU4060JFF000XXX XT2LU4060JFF000XXX XT2VU4060JFF000XXX 100 XT2NU4100JFF000XXX XT2SU4100JFF000XXX XT2HU4100JFF000XXX XT2LU4100JFF000XXX XT2VU4100JFF000XXX 125 XT2NU4125JFF000XXX XT2SU4125JFF000XXX XT2HU4125JFF000XXX XT2LU4125JFF000XXX XT2VU4125JFF000XXX US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/11 Ordering information for XT2 UL/CSA Circuit breakers XT2 125A switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No Trip Unit Int Rtng (480 V) Type In Mag. Override N 25 kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number XT2-D 125 1250 XT2NU3125DFF000XXX XT2HU3125DFF000XXX XT2LU3125DFF000XXX XT2VU3125DFF000XXX XT2 125A switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No Trip Unit Int Rtng (480 V) Type In Mag. Override N 25 kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number XT2-D 125 1250 XT2NU4125DFF000XXX XT2HU4125DFF000XXX XT2LU4125DFF000XXX XT2VU4125DFF000XXX 7 7/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Ordering information for XT3 UL/CSA Circuit breakers XT3 225A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Type In I3 TMF 60 600 Int Rtng N (480 V) 25kA Catalog number XT3NU3060AFF000XXX S 35kA Catalog number XT3SU3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT3NU3070AFF000XXX XT3SU3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT3NU3080AFF000XXX XT3SU3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT3NU3090AFF000XXX XT3SU3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT3NU3100AFF000XXX XT3SU3100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT3NU3110AFF000XXX XT3SU3110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT3NU3125AFF000XXX XT3SU3125AFF000XXX 150 1500 XT3NU3150AFF000XXX XT3SU3150AFF000XXX 175 1750 XT3NU3175AFF000XXX XT3SU3175AFF000XXX 200 2000 XT3NU3200AFF000XXX XT3SU3200AFF000XXX 225 2250 XT3NU3225AFF000XXX XT3SU3225AFF000XXX XT3 225A TMF - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Type In I3 TMF 60 70 600 700 Int Rtng (480 V) N 25kA Catalog number XT3NU4060AFF000XXX XT3NU4070AFF000XXX S 35kA Catalog number XT3SU4060AFF000XXX XT3SU4070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT3NU4080AFF000XXX XT3SU4080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT3NU4090AFF000XXX XT3SU4090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT3NU4100AFF000XXX XT3SU4100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT3NU4110AFF000XXX XT3SU4110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT3NU4125AFF000XXX XT3SU4125AFF000XXX 150 1500 XT3NU4150AFF000XXX XT3SU4150AFF000XXX 175 1750 XT3NU4175AFF000XXX XT3SU4175AFF000XXX 200 2000 XT3NU4200AFF000XXX XT3SU4200AFF000XXX 225 2250 XT3NU4225AFF000XXX XT3SU4225AFF000XXX 7 XT3 225A MCP (MA) - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Magnetic trip unit Int Rtng (480 V) Type In I3 MCP 100 600...1200 S 35 kA Catalog number XT3SU3100MFF000XXX 110 660...1320 XT3SU3110MFF000XXX 125 750...1500 XT3SU3125MFF000XXX 150 900...1800 XT3SU3150MFF000XXX 200 1200...2400 XT3SU3200MFF000XXX XT3 225A switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No trip unit Type In Mag. Override XT3 - D 225 2250 Int Rtng (480 V) N 25kA Catalog number XT3NU3225DFF000XXX S 35kA Catalog number XT3SU3225DFF000XXX XT3 225A switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No trip unit Type In Mag. Override XT3 - D 225 2250 Int Rtng (480 V) N 25kA Catalog number XT3NU4225DFF000XXX S 35kA Catalog number XT3SU4225DFF000XXX US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/13 Ordering information for XT4 UL/CSA Circuit breakers XT4 250A TMF - Fixed (F) - 2 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng (480 V) N 25kA Catalog number Type In I3 TMF 25 400 XT4NU2025AFF000XXX 30 400 XT4NU2030AFF000XXX 35 400 XT4NU2035AFF000XXX 40 400 XT4NU2040AFF000XXX 50 500 XT4NU2050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT4NU2060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT4NU2070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT4NU2080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT4NU2090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT4NU2100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT4NU2110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT4NU2125AFF000XXX 150 1500 XT4NU2150AFF000XXX 175 1750 XT4NU2175AFF000XXX 200 2000 XT4NU2200AFF000XXX 225 2250 XT4NU2225AFF000XXX 250 2500 XT4NU2250AFF000XXX 7 XT4 250A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng N (480 V) 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65 kA Catalog number L 100 kA Catalog number V 150 kA Catalog number X 200 kA Catalog number Type In I3 TMF 25 400 XT4NU3025AFF000XXX XT4SU3025AFF000XXX XT4HU3025AFF000XXX XT4LU3025AFF000XXX XT4VU3025AFF000XXX XT4XU3025AFF000XXX 30 400 XT4NU3030AFF000XXX XT4SU3030AFF000XXX XT4HU3030AFF000XXX XT4LU3030AFF000XXX XT4VU3030AFF000XXX XT4XU3030AFF000XXX TMA 7/14 35 400 XT4NU3035AFF000XXX XT4SU3035AFF000XXX XT4HU3035AFF000XXX XT4LU3035AFF000XXX XT4VU3035AFF000XXX XT4XU3035AFF000XXX 40 400 XT4NU3040AFF000XXX XT4SU3040AFF000XXX XT4HU3040AFF000XXX XT4LU3040AFF000XXX XT4VU3040AFF000XXX XT4XU3040AFF000XXX 50 500 XT4NU3050AFF000XXX XT4SU3050AFF000XXX XT4HU3050AFF000XXX XT4LU3050AFF000XXX XT4VU3050AFF000XXX XT4XU3050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT4NU3060AFF000XXX XT4SU3060AFF000XXX XT4HU3060AFF000XXX XT4LU3060AFF000XXX XT4VU3060AFF000XXX XT4XU3060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT4NU3070AFF000XXX XT4SU3070AFF000XXX XT4HU3070AFF000XXX XT4LU3070AFF000XXX XT4VU3070AFF000XXX XT4XU3070AFF000XXX 80 800 XT4NU3080AFF000XXX XT4SU3080AFF000XXX XT4HU3080AFF000XXX XT4LU3080AFF000XXX XT4VU3080AFF000XXX XT4XU3080AFF000XXX 90 900 XT4NU3090AFF000XXX XT4SU3090AFF000XXX XT4HU3090AFF000XXX XT4LU3090AFF000XXX XT4VU3090AFF000XXX XT4XU3090AFF000XXX 100 1000 XT4NU3100AFF000XXX XT4SU3100AFF000XXX XT4HU3100AFF000XXX XT4LU3100AFF000XXX XT4VU3100AFF000XXX XT4XU3100AFF000XXX 110 1100 XT4NU3110AFF000XXX XT4SU3110AFF000XXX XT4HU3110AFF000XXX XT4LU3110AFF000XXX XT4VU3110AFF000XXX XT4XU3110AFF000XXX 125 1250 XT4NU3125AFF000XXX XT4SU3125AFF000XXX XT4HU3125AFF000XXX XT4LU3125AFF000XXX XT4VU3125AFF000XXX XT4XU3125AFF000XXX 150 1500 XT4NU3150AFF000XXX XT4SU3150AFF000XXX XT4HU3150AFF000XXX XT4LU3150AFF000XXX XT4VU3150AFF000XXX XT4XU3150AFF000XXX 175 1750 XT4NU3175AFF000XXX XT4SU3175AFF000XXX XT4HU3175AFF000XXX XT4LU3175AFF000XXX XT4VU3175AFF000XXX XT4XU3175AFF000XXX 200 2000 XT4NU3200AFF000XXX XT4SU3200AFF000XXX XT4HU3200AFF000XXX XT4LU3200AFF000XXX XT4VU3200AFF000XXX XT4XU3200AFF000XXX 225 2250 XT4NU3225AFF000XXX XT4SU3225AFF000XXX XT4HU3225AFF000XXX XT4LU3225AFF000XXX XT4VU3225AFF000XXX XT4XU3225AFF000XXX 250 2500 XT4NU3250AFF000XXX XT4SU3250AFF000XXX XT4HU3250AFF000XXX XT4LU3250AFF000XXX XT4VU3250AFF000XXX XT4XU3250AFF000XXX 56...80 400...800 XT4NU3080BFF000XXX XT4SU3080BFF000XXX XT4HU3080BFF000XXX XT4LU3080BFF000XXX XT4VU3080BFF000XXX XT4XU3080BFF000XXX 63...90 450...900 XT4NU3090BFF000XXX XT4SU3090BFF000XXX XT4HU3090BFF000XXX XT4LU3090BFF000XXX XT4VU3090BFF000XXX XT4XU3090BFF000XXX 70...100 500...1000 XT4NU3100BFF000XXX XT4SU3100BFF000XXX XT4HU3100BFF000XXX XT4LU3100BFF000XXX XT4VU3100BFF000XXX XT4XU3100BFF000XXX 77...110 550...1100 XT4NU3110BFF000XXX XT4SU3110BFF000XXX XT4HU3110BFF000XXX XT4LU3110BFF000XXX XT4VU3110BFF000XXX XT4XU3110BFF000XXX 87.5...125 625...1250 XT4NU3125BFF000XXX XT4SU3125BFF000XXX XT4HU3125BFF000XXX XT4LU3125BFF000XXX XT4VU3125BFF000XXX XT4XU3125BFF000XXX 105...150 750...1500 XT4NU3150BFF000XXX XT4SU3150BFF000XXX XT4HU3150BFF000XXX XT4LU3150BFF000XXX XT4VU3150BFF000XXX XT4XU3150BFF000XXX 122.5...175 875...1750 XT4NU3175BFF000XXX XT4SU3175BFF000XXX XT4HU3175BFF000XXX XT4LU3175BFF000XXX XT4VU3175BFF000XXX XT4XU3175BFF000XXX 140...200 1000...2000 XT4NU3200BFF000XXX XT4SU3200BFF000XXX XT4HU3200BFF000XXX XT4LU3200BFF000XXX XT4VU3200BFF000XXX XT4XU3200BFF000XXX 157.5...225 1125...2250 XT4NU3225BFF000XXX XT4SU3225BFF000XXX XT4HU3225BFF000XXX XT4LU3225BFF000XXX XT4VU3225BFF000XXX XT4XU3225BFF000XXX 175...250 1250...2500 XT4NU3250BFF000XXX XT4SU3250BFF000XXX XT4HU3250BFF000XXX XT4LU3250BFF000XXX XT4VU3250BFF000XXX XT4XU3250BFF000XXX SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT4 250A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng N (480 V) 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number L 100kA Catalog number V 150kA Catalog number X 200kA Catalog number Type In I3 TMF 25 400 XT4NU4025AFF000XXX XT4SU4025AFF000XXX XT4HU4025AFF000XXX XT4LU4025AFF000XXX XT4VU4025AFF000XXX XT4XU4025AFF000XXX 30 400 XT4NU4030AFF000XXX XT4SU4030AFF000XXX XT4HU4030AFF000XXX XT4LU4030AFF000XXX XT4VU4030AFF000XXX XT4XU4030AFF000XXX 35 400 XT4NU4035AFF000XXX XT4SU4035AFF000XXX XT4HU4035AFF000XXX XT4LU4035AFF000XXX XT4VU4035AFF000XXX XT4XU4035AFF000XXX 40 400 XT4NU4040AFF000XXX XT4SU4040AFF000XXX XT4HU4040AFF000XXX XT4LU4040AFF000XXX XT4VU4040AFF000XXX XT4XU4040AFF000XXX 50 500 XT4NU4050AFF000XXX XT4SU4050AFF000XXX XT4HU4050AFF000XXX XT4LU4050AFF000XXX XT4VU4050AFF000XXX XT4XU4050AFF000XXX 60 600 XT4NU4060AFF000XXX XT4SU4060AFF000XXX XT4HU4060AFF000XXX XT4LU4060AFF000XXX XT4VU4060AFF000XXX XT4XU4060AFF000XXX 70 700 XT4NU4070AFF000XXX XT4SU4070AFF000XXX XT4HU4070AFF000XXX XT4LU4070AFF000XXX XT4VU4070AFF000XXX XT4XU4070AFF000XXX 56...80 400...800 XT4NU4080BFF000XXX XT4SU4080BFF000XXX XT4HU4080BFF000XXX XT4LU4080BFF000XXX XT4VU4080BFF000XXX XT4XU4080BFF000XXX 63...90 450...900 XT4NU4090BFF000XXX XT4SU4090BFF000XXX XT4HU4090BFF000XXX XT4LU4090BFF000XXX XT4VU4090BFF000XXX XT4XU4090BFF000XXX 70...100 500...1000 XT4NU4100BFF000XXX XT4SU4100BFF000XXX XT4HU4100BFF000XXX XT4LU4100BFF000XXX XT4VU4100BFF000XXX XT4XU4100BFF000XXX 77...110 550...1100 XT4NU4110BFF000XXX XT4SU4110BFF000XXX XT4HU4110BFF000XXX XT4LU4110BFF000XXX XT4VU4110BFF000XXX XT4XU4110BFF000XXX 87.5...125 625...1250 XT4NU4125BFF000XXX XT4SU4125BFF000XXX XT4HU4125BFF000XXX XT4LU4125BFF000XXX XT4VU4125BFF000XXX XT4XU4125BFF000XXX 105...150 750...1500 XT4NU4150BFF000XXX XT4SU4150BFF000XXX XT4HU4150BFF000XXX XT4LU4150BFF000XXX XT4VU4150BFF000XXX XT4XU4150BFF000XXX 122.5...175 875...1750 XT4NU4175BFF000XXX XT4SU4175BFF000XXX XT4HU4175BFF000XXX XT4LU4175BFF000XXX XT4VU4175BFF000XXX XT4XU4175BFF000XXX 140...200 1000...2000 XT4NU4200BFF000XXX XT4SU4200BFF000XXX XT4HU4200BFF000XXX XT4LU4200BFF000XXX XT4VU4200BFF000XXX XT4XU4200BFF000XXX 157.5...225 1125...2250 XT4NU4225BFF000XXX XT4SU4225BFF000XXX XT4HU4225BFF000XXX XT4LU4225BFF000XXX XT4VU4225BFF000XXX XT4XU4225BFF000XXX 175...250 1250...2500 XT4NU4250BFF000XXX XT4SU4250BFF000XXX XT4HU4250BFF000XXX XT4LU4250BFF000XXX XT4VU4250BFF000XXX XT4XU4250BFF000XXX TMA 7 XT4 250A MCP (MA) - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Magnetic trip unit Type MCP In Int Rtng I3 (480 V) H 65kA Catalog number 25 75...275 XT4HU3025MFF000XXX 50 150...550 XT4HU3050MFF000XXX 80 400...800 XT4HU3080MFF000XXX 100 500...7000 XT4HU3100MFF000XXX 110 550...1100 XT4HU3110MFF000XXX 125 625...1250 XT4HU3125MFF000XXX 150 750...1500 XT4HU3150MFF000XXX 175 875...1750 XT4HU3175MFF000XXX 200 1000...2000 XT4HU3200MFF000XXX 225 1125...2250 XT4HU3225MFF000XXX 250 1250...2500 XT4HU3250MFF000XXX US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/15 Ordering information for XT4 UL/CSA Circuit breakers XT4 250A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Ekip electronic trip units Int Rtng (480 V) N 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number L 100kA Catalog number V 150kA Catalog number Type In Ekip LS/I 40 60 XT4NU3040EFF000XXX XT4SU3040EFF000XXX XT4HU3040EFF000XXX XT4LU3040EFF000XXX XT4VU3040EFF000XXX XT4NU3060EFF000XXX XT4SU3060EFF000XXX XT4HU3060EFF000XXX XT4LU3060EFF000XXX XT4VU3060EFF000XXX 100 XT4NU3100EFF000XXX XT4SU3100EFF000XXX XT4HU3100EFF000XXX XT4LU3100EFF000XXX XT4VU3100EFF000XXX 150 XT4NU3150EFF000XXX XT4SU3150EFF000XXX XT4HU3150EFF000XXX XT4LU3150EFF000XXX XT4VU3150EFF000XXX 225 XT4NU3225EFF000XXX XT4SU3225EFF000XXX XT4HU3225EFF000XXX XT4LU3225EFF000XXX XT4VU3225EFF000XXX 250 XT4NU3250EFF000XXX XT4SU3250EFF000XXX XT4HU3250EFF000XXX XT4LU3250EFF000XXX XT4VU3250EFF000XXX 40 XT4NU3040FFF000XXX XT4SU3040FFF000XXX XT4HU3040FFF000XXX XT4LU3040FFF000XXX XT4VU3040FFF000XXX 60 XT4NU3060FFF000XXX XT4SU3060FFF000XXX XT4HU3060FFF000XXX XT4LU3060FFF000XXX XT4VU3060FFF000XXX 100 XT4NU3100FFF000XXX XT4SU3100FFF000XXX XT4HU3100FFF000XXX XT4LU3100FFF000XXX XT4VU3100FFF000XXX 150 XT4NU3150FFF000XXX XT4SU3150FFF000XXX XT4HU3150FFF000XXX XT4LU3150FFF000XXX XT4VU3150FFF000XXX 225 XT4NU3225FFF000XXX XT4SU3225FFF000XXX XT4HU3225FFF000XXX XT4LU3225FFF000XXX XT4VU3225FFF000XXX 250 XT4NU3250FFF000XXX XT4SU3250FFF000XXX XT4HU3250FFF000XXX XT4LU3250FFF000XXX XT4VU3250FFF000XXX 40 XT4NU3040GFF000XXX XT4SU3040GFF000XXX XT4HU3040GFF000XXX XT4LU3040GFF000XXX XT4VU3040GFF000XXX 60 XT4NU3060GFF000XXX XT4SU3060GFF000XXX XT4HU3060GFF000XXX XT4LU3060GFF000XXX XT4VU3060GFF000XXX 100 XT4NU3100GFF000XXX XT4SU3100GFF000XXX XT4HU3100GFF000XXX XT4LU3100GFF000XXX XT4VU3100GFF000XXX 150 XT4NU3150GFF000XXX XT4SU3150GFF000XXX XT4HU3150GFF000XXX XT4LU3150GFF000XXX XT4VU3150GFF000XXX 225 XT4NU3225GFF000XXX XT4SU3225GFF000XXX XT4HU3225GFF000XXX XT4LU3225GFF000XXX XT4VU3225GFF000XXX 250 XT4NU3250GFF000XXX XT4SU3250GFF000XXX XT4HU3250GFF000XXX XT4LU3250GFF000XXX XT4VU3250GFF000XXX 40 XT4NU3040HFF000XXX XT4SU3040HFF000XXX XT4HU3040HFF000XXX XT4LU3040HFF000XXX XT4VU3040HFF000XXX 60 XT4NU3060HFF000XXX XT4SU3060HFF000XXX XT4HU3060HFF000XXX XT4LU3060HFF000XXX XT4VU3060HFF000XXX 100 XT4NU3100HFF000XXX XT4SU3100HFF000XXX XT4HU3100HFF000XXX XT4LU3100HFF000XXX XT4VU3100HFF000XXX 150 XT4NU3150HFF000XXX XT4SU3150HFF000XXX XT4HU3150HFF000XXX XT4LU3150HFF000XXX XT4VU3150HFF000XXX 225 XT4NU3225HFF000XXX XT4SU3225HFF000XXX XT4HU3225HFF000XXX XT4LU3225HFF000XXX XT4VU3225HFF000XXX 250 XT4NU3250HFF000XXX XT4SU3250HFF000XXX XT4HU3250HFF000XXX XT4LU3250HFF000XXX XT4VU3250HFF000XXX 40 XT4NU3040JFF000XXX XT4SU3040JFF000XXX XT4HU3040JFF000XXX XT4LU3040JFF000XXX XT4VU3040JFF000XXX 60 XT4NU3060JFF000XXX XT4SU3060JFF000XXX XT4HU3060JFF000XXX XT4LU3060JFF000XXX XT4VU3060JFF000XXX 100 XT4NU3100JFF000XXX XT4SU3100JFF000XXX XT4HU3100JFF000XXX XT4LU3100JFF000XXX XT4VU3100JFF000XXX 150 XT4NU3150JFF000XXX XT4SU3150JFF000XXX XT4HU3150JFF000XXX XT4LU3150JFF000XXX XT4VU3150JFF000XXX 225 XT4NU3225JFF000XXX XT4SU3225JFF000XXX XT4HU3225JFF000XXX XT4LU3225JFF000XXX XT4VU3225JFF000XXX 250 XT4NU3250JFF000XXX XT4SU3250JFF000XXX XT4HU3250JFF000XXX XT4LU3250JFF000XXX XT4VU3250JFF000XXX 40 - - XT4HU3040LFF000XXX - - 60 100 - - XT4HU3060LFF000XXX - - - - XT4HU3100LFF000XXX - - 150 - - XT4HU3150LFF000XXX - - Ekip LSI Ekip LSIG 7 Ekip E-LSIG Ekip I Ekip M-LIU 7/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT4 250A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA Ekip electronic trip units Int Rtng (480 V) N 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number L 100kA Catalog number V 150kA Catalog number Type In Ekip LS/I 40 60 XT4NU4040EFF000XXX XT4SU4040EFF000XXX XT4HU4040EFF000XXX XT4LU4040EFF000XXX XT4VU4040EFF000XXX XT4NU4060EFF000XXX XT4SU4060EFF000XXX XT4HU4060EFF000XXX XT4LU4060EFF000XXX XT4VU4060EFF000XXX 100 XT4NU4100EFF000XXX XT4SU4100EFF000XXX XT4HU4100EFF000XXX XT4LU4100EFF000XXX XT4VU4100EFF000XXX 150 XT4NU4150EFF000XXX XT4SU4150EFF000XXX XT4HU4150EFF000XXX XT4LU4150EFF000XXX XT4VU4150EFF000XXX 225 XT4NU4225EFF000XXX XT4SU4225EFF000XXX XT4HU4225EFF000XXX XT4LU4225EFF000XXX XT4VU4225EFF000XXX 250 XT4NU4250EFF000XXX XT4SU4250EFF000XXX XT4HU4250EFF000XXX XT4LU4250EFF000XXX XT4VU4250EFF000XXX 40 XT4NU4040FFF000XXX XT4SU4040FFF000XXX XT4HU4040FFF000XXX XT4LU4040FFF000XXX XT4VU4040FFF000XXX 60 XT4NU4060FFF000XXX XT4SU4060FFF000XXX XT4HU4060FFF000XXX XT4LU4060FFF000XXX XT4VU4060FFF000XXX 100 XT4NU4100FFF000XXX XT4SU4100FFF000XXX XT4HU4100FFF000XXX XT4LU4100FFF000XXX XT4VU4100FFF000XXX 150 XT4NU4150FFF000XXX XT4SU4150FFF000XXX XT4HU4150FFF000XXX XT4LU4150FFF000XXX XT4VU4150FFF000XXX 225 XT4NU4225FFF000XXX XT4SU4225FFF000XXX XT4HU4225FFF000XXX XT4LU4225FFF000XXX XT4VU4225FFF000XXX 250 XT4NU4250FFF000XXX XT4SU4250FFF000XXX XT4HU4250FFF000XXX XT4LU4250FFF000XXX XT4VU4250FFF000XXX 40 XT4NU4040GFF000XXX XT4SU4040GFF000XXX XT4HU4040GFF000XXX XT4LU4040GFF000XXX XT4VU4040GFF000XXX 60 XT4NU4060GFF000XXX XT4SU4060GFF000XXX XT4HU4060GFF000XXX XT4LU4060GFF000XXX XT4VU4060GFF000XXX 100 XT4NU4100GFF000XXX XT4SU4100GFF000XXX XT4HU4100GFF000XXX XT4LU4100GFF000XXX XT4VU4100GFF000XXX 150 XT4NU4150GFF000XXX XT4SU4150GFF000XXX XT4HU4150GFF000XXX XT4LU4150GFF000XXX XT4VU4150GFF000XXX 225 XT4NU4225GFF000XXX XT4SU4225GFF000XXX XT4HU4225GFF000XXX XT4LU4225GFF000XXX XT4VU4225GFF000XXX 250 XT4NU4250GFF000XXX XT4SU4250GFF000XXX XT4HU4250GFF000XXX XT4LU4250GFF000XXX XT4VU4250GFF000XXX 40 XT4NU4040HFF000XXX XT4SU4040HFF000XXX XT4HU4040HFF000XXX XT4LU4040HFF000XXX XT4VU4040HFF000XXX 60 XT4NU4060HFF000XXX XT4SU4060HFF000XXX XT4HU4060HFF000XXX XT4LU4060HFF000XXX XT4VU4060HFF000XXX 100 XT4NU4100HFF000XXX XT4SU4100HFF000XXX XT4HU4100HFF000XXX XT4LU4100HFF000XXX XT4VU4100HFF000XXX 150 XT4NU4150HFF000XXX XT4SU4150HFF000XXX XT4HU4150HFF000XXX XT4LU4150HFF000XXX XT4VU4150HFF000XXX 225 XT4NU4225HFF000XXX XT4SU4225HFF000XXX XT4HU4225HFF000XXX XT4LU4225HFF000XXX XT4VU4225HFF000XXX 250 XT4NU4250HFF000XXX XT4SU4250HFF000XXX XT4HU4250HFF000XXX XT4LU4250HFF000XXX XT4VU4250HFF000XXX 40 XT4NU4040JFF000XXX XT4SU4040JFF000XXX XT4HU4040JFF000XXX XT4LU4040JFF000XXX XT4VU4040JFF000XXX 60 XT4NU4060JFF000XXX XT4SU4060JFF000XXX XT4HU4060JFF000XXX XT4LU4060JFF000XXX XT4VU4060JFF000XXX 100 XT4NU4100JFF000XXX XT4SU4100JFF000XXX XT4HU4100JFF000XXX XT4LU4100JFF000XXX XT4VU4100JFF000XXX 150 XT4NU4150JFF000XXX XT4SU4150JFF000XXX XT4HU4150JFF000XXX XT4LU4150JFF000XXX XT4VU4150JFF000XXX 225 XT4NU4225JFF000XXX XT4SU4225JFF000XXX XT4HU4225JFF000XXX XT4LU4225JFF000XXX XT4VU4225JFF000XXX 250 XT4NU4250JFF000XXX XT4SU4250JFF000XXX XT4HU4250JFF000XXX XT4LU4250JFF000XXX XT4VU4250JFF000XXX Ekip LSI Ekip LSIG Ekip E-LSIG Ekip I 7 XT4 250A switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No trip unit Int Rtng Type In Mag. Override (480 V) XT4-D 250 2500 N 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number L 100kA Catalog number V 150kA Catalog number XT4NU3250DFF000XXX XT4SU3250DFF000XXX XT4HU3250DFF000XXX XT4LU3250DFF000XXX XT4VU3250DFF000XXX N 25kA Catalog number S 35kA Catalog number H 65kA Catalog number L 100kA Catalog number V 150kA Catalog number XT4NU4250DFF000XXX XT4SU4250DFF000XXX XT4HU4250DFF000XXX XT4LU4250DFF000XXX XT4VU4250DFF000XXX XT4 250A switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA No trip unit Int Rtng Type In Mag. Override XT4-D 250 2500 (480 V) US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/17 Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA Accessories Fixed parts, conversion kits and accessories for fixed parts Fixed part of plug-in (P) XT1 Type Kit P FP EF Kit P FP HR/VR (1) Fixed part of plug-in (1) 3P Catalog number KXT1PFPEF-3 KXT1EPFPHR-3 4P Catalog number KXT1PFPEF-4 KXT1EPFPHR-4 XT2 3P Catalog number KXT2PFPEF-3 KXT2EPFPHR-3 4P Catalog number KXT2PFPEF-4 KXT2EPFPHR-4 XT3 3P Catalog number KXT3PFPEF-3 KXT3EPFPHR-3 4P Catalog number KXT3PFPEF-4 KXT3EPFPHR-4 XT4 3P Catalog number KXT4PFPEF-3 KXT4EPFPHR-3 4P Catalog number KXT4PFPEF-4 KXT4EPFPHR-4 IEC rated only. Terminals are factory-mounted in the horizontal position (HR). Fixed part of withdrawable (W) XT2 3P Catalog number KXT2WFPEF-3 KXT2EWFPHR-3 Type Fixed part of withdrawable Kit W FP EF Kit W FP HR/VR (1) (1) Type EF terminals for fixed part EF-Front extended terminals R-Rear terminals HR/VR PS - Rear phase separators 90mm/3.54in (1) 3P Catalog number KXT4WFPEF-3 KXT4EWFPHR-3 4P Catalog number KXT4WFPEF-4 KXT4EWFPHR-4 IEC rated only. Terminals are factory-mounted in the horizontal position (HR). Terminals for the fixed parts (1) XT1 7 XT4 4P Catalog number KXT2WFPEF-4 KXT2EWFPHR-4 XT2 XT3 XT4 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number KXT1EEFFP-3 KXT1EEFFP-4 KXT2EEFFP-3 KXT2EEFFP-4 KXT3EEFFP-3 KXT3EEFFP-4 KXT3EEFFP-3 KXT3EEFFP-4 KXT1ERFP-3 KXT1ERFP-4 KXT2ERFP-3 KXT2ERFP-4 KXTEERFP-3 KXTEERFP-4 KXTEERFP-3 KXTEERFP-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 IEC rated only. Conversion kit of the circuit breaker from fixed into moving part of plug-in XT2 XT1 Type P MP kit XT3 XT4 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number KXT1PMP-3 KXT1PMP-4 KXT2PMP-3 KXT2PMP-4 KXT3PMP-3 - KXT4PMP-3 KXT4PMP-4 Conversion kit Conversion kit of the circuit breaker from fixed into moving part of withdrawable XT2 Type W MP kit 7/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 3P 4P Catalog number Catalog number KXT2WMP-3 KXT2WMP-4 XT4 3P 4P Catalog number Catalog number KXT4WMP-3 KXT4WMP-4 Conversion kit of the fixed part from plug-in to withdrawable XT2 XT4 Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a withdrawable circuit breaker FP P>W kit Adapter for mounting the terminals of the fixed circuit breaker on the fixed part XT2 XT3 XT1 Type Fixed part adapter Catalog number Catalog number KXT2FPPtoFPW KXT4FPPtoFPW XT4 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number ADP adapter for fixed parts KXT1ADP-3 (2 pieces) KXT1ADP-4 KXT2ADP-3 KXT2ADP-4 KXT3EADP-3 KXT3EADP-4 KXT4ADP-3 KXT4ADP-4 Note: when using ADP with ES/MC terminals, also order "Kit F Front Terminals" Conversion kit of RC Sel from fixed to plug-in (1) XT2 XT4 Type P MP RC Sel 4P kit (1) Conversion kit for turning a fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of a plug-in circuit breaker 4P Catalog number KXT2EPMPRC-4 4P Catalog number KXT4EPMPRC-4 IEC rated only. 7 Conversion kit of RC Sel from plug-in to withdrawable (1) XT2 XT4 Type W MP RC Sel 4P kit (1) 4P Catalog number KXT2WFPEF-4 4P Catalog number KXT4EWMPRC-4 IEC rated only. Key lock for fixed part of withdrawable (1) XT2, XT4 KL-D key lock FP, different keys KL-S key lock FP, same keys N.20005 Key lock/padlock for fixed part (1) Catalog number KXTCEKLDFPW KXTCEKLSFPW IEC rated only. Ronis key lock for fixed part of withdrawable (1) XT2, XT4 KL-D Ronis FP key lock, different keys KL-S Ronis FP key lock, same type A keys (1) Catalog number KXTCEKLDRonFPW KXTCEKLSRonFPW IEC rated only. Ronis key lock/ padlock for fixed part US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/19 Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA Accessories Service releases Shunt opening trip - SOR SOR uncabled SOR cabled Type Uncabled version SOR 12V DC SOR 24-30V AC/DC SOR 48-60V AC/DC SOR 110-127V AC/110-125V DC SOR 220-240V AC/220-250V DC SOR 380-440V AC SOR 480-525V AC Cabled version SOR-C 12V DC SOR-C 24-30V AC/DC SOR-C 48-60V AC/DC SOR-C 110-127V AC/110-125V DC SOR-C 220-240V AC/220-250V DC SOR-C 380-440V AC SOR-C 480-525V AC XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 XT2, XT4 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTASORA KXTASORB KXTASORC KXTASORD KXTASORE KXTASORF KXTASORG Catalog number KXTASORCFPA KXTASORCFPB KXTASORCFPC KXTASORCFPD KXTASORCFPE KXTASORCFPF KXTASORCFPG Withdrawable Catalog number - - - - - - - Catalog number KXTCSORCWA KXTCSORCWB KXTCSORCWC KXTCSORCWD KXTCSORCWE KXTCSORCWF KXTCSORCWG XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 XT2, XT4 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTAUVR1 KXTAUVR2 KXTAUVR3 KXTAUVR4 KXTAUVR5 KXTAUVR6 KXTAUVR7 Catalog number KXTAUVRCFP1 KXTAUVRCFP2 KXTAUVRCFP3 KXTAUVRCFP4 KXTAUVRCFP5 KXTAUVRCFP6 KXTAUVRCFP7 Withdrawable Catalog number - - - - - - - Catalog number KXTCUVRCW1 KXTCUVRCW2 KXTCUVRCW3 KXTCUVRCW4 KXTCUVRCW5 KXTCUVRCW6 KXTCUVRCW7 SOR for withdrawable 7 Undervoltage release-UVR UVR uncabled UVR cabled Type Uncabled version UVR 24-30V AC/DC UVR 48V AC/DC UVR 60V AC/DC UVR 110-127V AC/110-125V DC UVR 220-240V AC/220-250V DC UVR 380-440V AC UVR 480-525V AC Cabled version UVR-C 24-30V AC/DC UVR-C 48V AC/DC UVR-C 60V AC/DC UVR-C 110-127V AC/110-125V DC UVR-C 220-240V AC/220-250V DC UVR-C 380-440V AC UVR-C 480-525V AC UVR for withdrawable Delay device for undervoltage release - UVD (1) XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 Time delay device for undervoltage release 7/20 Type Uncabled version UVD 24-30V AC/DC UVD 48-60V AC/DC UVD 110-125V AC/DC UVD 220-250V AC/DC (1) IEC rated only. SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KT3UVD8 KT3UVD7 KT3UVD4 KT3UVD2 Connectors Fourth pole connectors for withdrawable (1) XT2, XT4 Type Connector 4th Pole SOR/PS-SOR Connector 4th Pole UVR (1) Catalog number KXTCE3PINCONSOR KXTCE3PINCONUVR IEC rated only. Socket plug connector on the panel (1) XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 Socket-plug panel connector Type Socket-plug connector with 3 PINS Socket-plug connector with 6 PINS Socket-plug connector with 9 PINS Socket-plug connector with 15 PINS (1) Catalog number KXTAE3PINCON KXTAE6PINCON KXTAE9PINCON KXTAE15PINCON IEC rated only. Fixed part socket-plug connector(1) XT2, XT4 Type Socket-plug connector of moving part - 12 PINS Socket-plug connector of fixed part - 12 PINS Fixed part socketplug connector (1) Catalog number KXTCE12PINMPCON KXTCE12PINFPCON 7 IEC rated only. Electrical signals Auxillary contacts - AUX XT1 AUX uncabled AUX cabled AUX for withdrawable Type Uncabled version AUX 250V AUX 24V DC AUX S51 250V AUX S51 24V DC Cabled version AUX-C 3Q 250V Left AUX-C 1Q + 1 SY 250V AUX-C 2Q + 1 SY 250V AUX-C 3Q + 1 SY 250V AUX-C 3Q + 2 SY 250V AUX-C 2Q + 2 SY + 1S51 250V AUX-S51 250V AUX-C 1Q + 1SY 24V DC AUX-C 3Q + 1SY 24V DC AUX-S51-C 24V DC AUX-C 1Q + 1SY 400V AC AUC-C 2Q 400V AC Fixed/plug-in Catalog number - - KXT1AXC3QL - - - - - - - - XT3 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTAAUX KXTAAUXD - - XT2, XT4 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTCAXS51 KXTCAXDS51 KXT3AXC3QL KXTCAXC3QL KXTAAXCQSYFP KXTAAXC2QSYFP KXTDAXC3QSYFP - KXTCAXC3Q2SYFP - KXTCAXC2Q2SYS51FP - KXTCAXCS51FP KXTAAXCDQSYFP KXTDAXCD3QSYFP - KXTCAXDS51FP - KXTCAXC4QSYFP - KXTCAXC42QFP Withdrawable Catalog number - - - - - KXTCAXCQSYW - KXTCAXC3QSYW KXTCAXC3Q2SYW KXTCAXC2Q2SYS51W KXTCAXCS51W KXTCAXCDQSYW KXTCAXCD3QSYW KXTCAXDS51W KXTCAXC4QSYW KXTCAXC42QW US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/21 Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA Accessories Auxillary position contacts - AUP XT1, XT3 AUP - Auxiliary position contacts Cabled version AUP-I - Four racked-in contacts 250V for plug-in circuit breaker AUP-I - Four racked-in contacts 24V DC for plug-in circuit breaker AUP-R - Two racked-out contacts 250V for withdrawable breaker AUP-R - Two racked-out contacts 24V DC for withdrawable breaker Catalog number ----- XT2, XT4 Catalog number KXTAAUP250IN KXTAAUP24IN KXTCAUP250W KXTCAUP24W Early auxillary contacts - AUE AUE - Early auxiliary contacts Type Cabled version AUE - Two contacts in the rotary handle RHx (closed) AUE - Two contacts in the rotary handle RHx (open) XT1,XT2,XT3, XT4 XT2, XT4 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTAAUECLFP KXTDAUEOPFP Withdrawable Catalog number KXTCAUECLW KXTCAUEOPW Motor operators Motor operators with direct action - MOD XT1, XT3 7 Motor operator MOD 24V DC MOD 48-60V DC MOD 110-125V AC/DC MOD 220-250V AC/DC MOD 380-440V AC MOD 480-525V AC Catalog number KXTBMOD24 KXTBMOD48-60 KXTBMOD110-125 KXTBMOD220-250 KXTBMOD280-440 KXTBMOD480-525 Stored energy motor operator - MOE XT2, XT4 MOE - Motor operator MOE 24V DC MOE 48-60V DC MOE 110-125V AC/DC MOE 220-250V AC/DC MOE 380-440V AC MOE 480-525V AC Catalog number KXTCMOE24 KXTCMOE48-60 KXTCMOE110-125 KXTCMOE220-250 KXTCMOE380-440 KXTCMOE480-525 Electronic stored energy motor operator - MOE-E (1) XT2, XT4 MOE-E 24V DC MOE-E 48-60V DC MOE-E 110-125V AC/DC MOE-E 220-250V AC/DC MOE-E 380-440V AC MOE-E 480-525V AC (1) 7/22 IEC rated only. SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Catalog number KXTCEMOEE24 KXTCEMOEE48-60 KXTCEMOEE110-125 KXTCEMOEE220-250 KXTCEMOEE380-440 KXTCEMOEE480-525 Rotary handle operating mechanisms Rotary handle operating mechanism XT1, XT3 Type Direct rotary handle Extended rotary handle RHD Standard Direct Handle RHD Emergency Direct Handle RHE Standard Extended Handle RHE Emergency Extended Handle RHE Standard Extended Handle with Padlock (1) RHE Emergency Extended Handle with Padlock (1) RHS-L Standard Left Side Handle RHS-L Emergency Left Side Handle RHS-R Standard Right Side Handle RHS-R Emergency Right Side Handle Extended handle spare parts RHE_B Base for Extended Handle RHE_B Base for Extended Handle with Padlock (1) RHE_S 500mm Shaft (2) RHE_H Standard Extended Handle RHE_H Emergency Extended Handle LH Standard Large Handle, NEMA 1 LH Emergency Large Handle, NEMA 1 Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 3R,12 Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 3R,12 (1) Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 4,4X (1) Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 4,4X (1) Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 3R,12 Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 3R,12 (1) Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 4,4X (1) Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 4,4X (1) 148mm Pistol Handle Shaft (3) 225mm Pistol Handle Shaft (3) 500mm Pistol Handle Shaft (3) XT2, XT4 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTBRHDSTFP KXTBRHDEMFP KXTBRHESTFP KXTBRHEEMFP KXTBRHESTFPPLK KXTBRHEEMFPPLK KXTBRHSLSTFP KXTBRHSLEMFP KXTBRHSRSTFP KXTBRHSREMFP Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTCRHDSTFP KXTCRHDEMFP KXTCRHESTFP KXTCRHEEMFP KXTCRHESTFPPLK KXTCRHEEMFPPLK KXTCRHSLSTFP KXTCRHSLEMFP KXTCRHSRSTFP KXTCRHSREMFP Withdrawable Catalog number KXTCRHDSTW KXTCRHDEMW KXTCRHESTW KXTCRHEEMW KXTCRHESTWPLK KXTCRHEEMWPLK - - - - KXTBRHEBFP KXTBRHEBFPPLK KXTCRHEBFP KXTCRHEBFPPLK KXTARHES500 KXTARHEHST KXTARHEHEM KXTALHNDLST KXTALHNDLEM OHB65J10B OHY65J10B OHB65L10B OHY65L10B OHB125J10B OHY125J10B OHB125L10B OHY125L10B OXP10X148 OXP10X225 OXP10X500 KXTCRHEBW KXTCRHEBWPLK 7 Consult ABB for availability Shaft for use with handles beginning with KXT. (3) Shafts for use with handles beginning with OH. (1) (2) IP54 protection for transmitted rotary handle (1) XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 Type IP54 protection for transmitted handle -RHE (1) IP54 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTAERHEIP54 IEC rated only. Flange handle (1) Type Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4) Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4) Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4) Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4, 4X) Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4, 4X) Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4, 4X) Flange handle spare parts Flange handle only (NEMA 1,3R,12,4) Flange handle only (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X) Flange handle hardware Flange mounting hardware (1) XT1 XT3 XT2 XT4 Catalog number KXT1N12FLHDL4 KXT1N12FLHDL6 KXT1N12FLHDL10 KXT1N4FLHDL4 KXT1N4FLHDL6 KXT1N4FLHDL10 Catalog number KXT3N12FLHDL4 KXT3N12FLHDL6 KXT3N12FLHDL10 KXT3N4FLHDL4 KXT3N4FLHDL6 KXT3N4FLHDL10 Catalog number KXT2N12FLHDL4 KXT2N12FLHDL6 KXT2N12FLHDL10 KXT2N4FLHDL4 KXT2N4FLHDL6 KXT2N4FLHDL10 Catalog number KXT4N12FLHDL4 KXT4N12FLHDL6 KXT4N12FLHDL10 KXT4N4FLHDL4 KXT4N4FLHDL6 KXT4N4FLHDL10 KXTAN12FLHDL KXTAN4XFLHDL KXTAFLHDLHW KXTBFLMTHW KXTCFLMTHW Consult ABB for availability US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/23 Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA Accessories Locks Padlock on the circuit breaker Type PLL removable lock with padlocks in open position PLL fixed lock with padlocks in open position PLL fixed lock with padlocks in open/closed position Fixed padlock Key lock on the circuit breaker XT1, XT3 XT2, XT4 Catalog number KXTBPLLREM KXTBPLLOP KXTBPLLOPCL Catalog number - KXTCPLLOP KXTCPLLOPCL Key lock on the circuit breaker Type KLC Ronis key lock open, different keys, removable in open position KLC Ronis key lock open, same type A keys, removable in open position KLC Ronis key lock open, same type B keys, removable in open position KLC Ronis key lock open, same type C keys, removable in open position KLC Ronis key lock open, same type D keys, removable in open position KLC Ronis key lock open/closed, different keys, removable in both positions XT1 XT3 XT2,XT4 Catalog number KXT1KLCCBDIF KXT1KLCCBA KXT1KLCCBB KXT1KLCCBC KXT1KLCCBD KXT1KLCCBOPCL Catalog number KXT3KLCCBDIF KXT3KLCCBA KXT3KLCCBB KXT3KLCCBC KXT3KLCCBD KXT3KLCCBOPCL Catalog number KXTCKLCCBDIF KXTCKLCCBA KXTCKLCCBB KXTCKLCCBC KXTCKLCCBD KXTCKLCCBOPCL Key lock on the rotary handle/Key lock on the front for locks XT1,XT3 7 Key lock on the handle Type RHL Ronis key lock open, different keys, RHx RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type A keys, RHx RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type B keys, RHx RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type C keys, RHx RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type D keys, RHx RHL Ronis key lock open/closed, different keys, RHx RHL Ronis key lock open/closed, different keys, FLD Catalog number - XT2,XT4 Catalog number KXTARHLDIF KXTARHLA KXTARHLB KXTARHLC KXTARHLD KXTARHLOPCL KXTCRHLFLD Key lock on the motor(1) Key lock on the motor Type MOL-D Ronis key lock open, different keys MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type A keys MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type B keys MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type C keys MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type D keys MOL-M Key lock against manual operation (1) XT1,XT3 XT2,XT4 Catalog number KXTBEMOLDIF KXTBEMOLA KXTBEMOLB KXTBEMOLC KXTBEMOLD - Catalog number KXTCEMOLDIF KXTCEMOLA KXTCEMOLB KXTCEMOLC KXTCEMOLD KXTCEMOLMO IEC rated only. Front for operating lever mechanism XT2,XT4 Type Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTCFLDFP FLD front for operating lever mechnism Front for operating lever mechanism Mechanical interlock XT1 Type Chassis MIR-H Chassis MIR-V Plate Fixed Plug-in XT2 XT3 Fixed Sealable lock of thermal setting (1) Type Lock on thermal setting for TMA or MA trip unit (1) IEC rated only. SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog XT4 Plug-in/ Fixed Plug-in Fixed withdrawable Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number KXTAMIRHR KXTAMIRVR KXT1MIRPLF KXT1MIRPLP KXT2MIRPLF KXT2MIRPLPW KXT3MIRPLF KXT3MIRPLP KXT4MIRPLF Interlock 7/24 Withdrawable Catalog number KXTCFLDW XT1,XT2,XT3,XT4 Catalog number KXTAEAASEALREL Plug-in/ withdrawable Catalog number KXT4MIRPLPW Residual current devices Residual current device (1) XT1 Type RC Sel Low 220mm RC Inst RC Sel RC B Type (1) XT2 3P Catalog number - KXT1ERCINST-3 KXT1ERCSEL-3 - 4P Catalog number KXT1ERCSEL200-4 KXT1ERCINST-4 KXT1ERCSEL-4 - XT3 3P Catalog number - - - - 4P Catalog number - - KXT2ERCSEL-4 - XT4 3P Catalog number - KXT3ERCINST-3 KXT3ERCSEL-3 - 4P Catalog number - KXT3ERCINST-4 KXT3ERCSEL-4 KXT3ERCB-4 3P Catalog number - - - - 4P Catalog number - - KXT4ERCSEL-4 - IEC rated only. RC Inst / RC Sel Panel type residual current delay(1) XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 Type RCQ020/A 115-230V AC RCQ020/A 415V AC Toroid closed O60mm Toroid closed O110mm Toroid closed O185mm (1) Catalog number KXTAERCQ230 KXTAERCQ415 KXTTET0R60 KXTTET0R110 KXTTET0R185 IEC rated only. 7 Installation Bracket for mounting onto DIN rail Type (1) DIN guide Kit DIN50022 Kit DIN50022 UL Kit DIN50022 XT1 + RC Low 220mm (1) Kit DIN50022 XT1 + RC Sel/RC Inst (1) Kit DIN50022 XT3 + RC Sel/RC Inst (1) (1) XT1 3P 4P Catalog Catalog number number KXT1EDIN-3 KXT1EDIN-4 - - - KXT1EDINRCSELPL KXT1EDINRCPL - - XT2 4P Catalog number KXTCEDINPL KXT2DIN-3 KXT2DIN-4 - - - - - - 3P Catalog number XT3 3P 4P Catalog Catalog number number KXT3EDIN-3 KXT3EDIN-4 - - - - - - KXT3EDINRCPL XT4 Catalog number Catalog number KXTCEDINPL KXT4DIN-3 KXT4DIN-4 - - - - - - IEC rated only. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/25 Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA Accessories Terminals, terminal covers and phase barriers Insulating terminal covers Type LTC low terminal covers(1) HTC high terminal covers (1) 3p Catalog number KXT1LTC-3 KXT1HTC-3 XT1 4p Catalog number KXT1LTC-4 KXT1HTC-4 3p Catalog number KXT2LTC-3 KXT2HTC-3 XT2 4p Catalog number KXT2LTC-4 KXT2HTC-4 3p Catalog number KXT3LTC-3 KXT3HTC-3 XT3 4p Catalog number KXT3LTC-4 KXT3HTC-4 3p Catalog number KXT4LTC-3 KXT4HTC-3 XT4 4p Catalog number KXT4LTC-4 KXT4HTC-4 Rear terminals, IEC only. Terminal cover Sealable screws for terminal covers (1) Type XT1 Catalog number Kit with two sealable screws KXTAESSEAL (1) XT2 XT3 XT4 IEC rated only. Sealable screw Phase barriers 7 Type PB Height 25mm/0.98in PB Height 100mm/3.94in PB Height 200mm/7.87in Phase barriers 7/26 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog 4 pcs Catalog number KXTBPB25-3 KXTBPB100-3 KXTBPB200-3 XT1, XT3 6 pcs Catalog number KXTBPB25-4 KXTBPB100-4 KXTBPB200-4 4 pcs Catalog number KXTCPB25-3 KXTCPB100-3 KXTCPB200-3 XT2, XT4 6 pcs Catalog number KXTCPB25-4 KXTCPB100-4 KXTCPB200-4 Terminals Type EF terminal FCCu terminal Front extended spread terminal - ES Multi-cable terminals (MC) F Front terminals F Front terminals for MCP EF Extended front terminals ES Extended spread terminals FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 100A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 100A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 110A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35...150mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35...150mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 250A, 250-350 kcmil, 1x120...185mm (2)(4) FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5... 50mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables MCP, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x1.5... 50mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5... 95mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 10-250 AWG, 1x6...185mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables, XT4X to 150A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm 2 (3) MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x14-2 AWG, 6x2.5...35mm 2 MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x12-2 AWG, 6x2.5...35mm 2 R Rear adjustable terminals (1) R-RC Rear terminals for residual current (1) FB Flexibar Terminals (1) Type F Front terminals F Front terminals for MCP EF Extended front terminals ES Extended spread terminals FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 100A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm 2 (4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 100A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm 2 (4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 110A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5... 50mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35...150mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35...150mm (2)(4) FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 250A, 250-350 kcmil, 1x120...185mm (2)(4) FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables MCP, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x1.5...50mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...95mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 250A, 10-250 AWG, 1x6...185mm 2 FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables, XT4X to 150A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5...50mm 2 (3) MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x14-2 AWG, 6x2.5...35mm 2 MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x12-2 AWG, 6x2.5...35mm 2 R Rear adjustable terminals (1) R-RC Rear terminals for residual current (1) FB Flexibar Terminals (1) 3pcs Catalog number KXT1F-3PC KXT1F3PCMCP KXT1EF-3PC KXT1ES-3PC XT1 4pcs 6pcs Catalog number Catalog number KXT1F-4PC KXT1F-6PC - KXT1F6PCMCP KXT1EF-4PC KXT1EF-6PC KXT1ES-4PC KXT1ES-6PC 8pcs Catalog number KXT1F-8PC - KXT1EF-8PC KXT1ES-8PC 3pcs Catalog number KXT2F-3PC - KXT2EF-3PC KXT2ES-3PC XT2 4pcs 6pcs Catalog number Catalog number KXT2F-4PC KXT2F-6PC - - KXT2EF-4PC KXT2EF-6PC KXT2ES-4PC KXT2ES-6PC 8pcs Catalog number KXT2F-8PC - KXT2EF-8PC KXT2ES-8PC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - KXT2CUAL1-3PC KXT2CUAL1-4PC KXT2CUAL1-6PC KXT2CUAL1-8PC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - KXT1CU-3PC KXT1CU-4PC KXT1CU-6PC KXT1CU-8PC - - - - KXT1CUMCP-3PC KXT1CUMCP-4PC KXT1CUMCP-6PC KXT1CUMCP-8PC - - - - - - --- - KXT2CU-3PC KXT2CU-4PC KXT2CU-6PC KXT2CU-8PC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - KXT1MC-3PC KXT1MC-4PC KXT1MC-6PC KXT1MC-8PC KXT2MC-3PC KXT2MC-4PC KXT2MC-6PC KXT2MC-8PC - - - - - - - - KXT1ER-3PC - KXT1EFB-3PC KXT1ER-4PC KXT1ERRC-4PC KXT1EFB-4PC KXT1ER-6PC - KXT1EFB-6PC KXT1ER-8PC - KXT1EFB-8PC KXT2ER-3PC - KXT2EFB-3PC KXT2ER-4PC - KXT2EFB-4PC KXT2ER-6PC - KXT2EFB-6PC KXT2ER-8PC - KXT2EFB-8PC 3pcs Catalog number KXT3F-3PC - KXT3EF-3PC KXT3ES-3PC XT3 4pcs 6pcs Catalog number Catalog number KXT3F-4PC KXT3F-6PC - - KXT3EF-4PC KXT3EF-6PC KXT3ES-4PC KXT3ES-6PC 8pcs Catalog number KXT3F-8PC - KXT3EF-8PC KXT3ES-8PC 3pcs Catalog number KXT4F-3PC - KXT4EF-3PC KXT4ES-3PC XT4 4pcs 6pcs Catalog number Catalog number KXT4F-4PC KXT4F-6PC - - KXT4EF-4PC KXT4EF-6PC KXT4ES-4PC KXT4ES-6PC 7 8pcs Catalog number KXT4F-8PC - KXT4EF-8PC KXT4ES-8PC KXT3CUAL1-3PC KXT3CUAL1-4PC KXT3CUAL1-6PC KXT3CUAL1-8PC KXT4CUAL1-3PC KXT4CUAL1-4PC KXT4CUAL1-6PC KXT4CUAL1-8PC KXT3CUAL1C-3PC KXT3CUAL1C-4PC - - KXT4CUAL1C-3PC KXT4CUAL1C-4PC - - - - - - - - - - KXT3CUAL2-3PC KXT3CUAL2-4PC KXT3CUAL2-6PC KXT3CUAL2-8PC KXT4CUAL2-3PC KXT4CUAL2-4PC KXT4CUAL2-6PC KXT4CUAL2-8PC KXT3CUAL2C-3PC KXT3CUAL2C-4PC - - KXT4CUAL2C-3PC KXT4CUAL2C-4PC - - - - - - KXT4CUAL3-3PC KXT4CUAL3-4PC KXT4CUAL3-6PC KXT4CUAL3-8PC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - KXT3CU-3PC KXT3CU-4PC KXT3CU-6PC KXT3CU-8PC KXT4CU-3PC KXT4CU-4PC KXT4CU-6PC KXT4CU-8PC - - - - KXT4XCU-3PC KXT4XCU-4PC - - - - - - - - - - KXT3MC-3PC KXT3MC-4PC KXT3MC-6PC KXT3MC-8PC KXT4MC-3PC KXT4MC-4PC KXT4MC-6PC KXT4MC-8PC KXT3ER-3PC - KXT3EFB-3PC KXT3ER-4PC KXT3ERRC-4PC KXT3EFB-4PC KXT3ER-6PC - KXT3EFB-6PC KXT3ER-8PC - KXT3EFB-8PC KXT4ER-3PC - KXT4EFB-3PC KXT4ER-4PC - KXT4EFB-4PC KXT4ER-6PC - KXT4EFB-6PC KXT4ER-8PC - KXT4EFB-8PC IEC rated only. Consult ABB for availability. For use with the XT4 X version up to 150A only. Note: XT4 X from 175-250A uses the standard 250A CU lug. (4) Not available for XT4 X up to 150A. (1) (2) (3) US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/27 Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA Accessories Accessories for electronic trip units General electronic trip unit accessories (1) XT2 Type Ekip Display Ekip Display Ekip LED Meter Ekip Comm HMI030 interface on front of panel PR212/CI contactor control unit (1) Ekip LED Meter Withdrawable Catalog number KXTCECOMFP KXTCECOMW - - Current sensor for external neutral (1) (1) XT2 XT4 Catalog number KXT2ECT10 KXT2ECT25 Catalog number KXT4ECT40 KXT4ECT63 KXT4ECT100 KXT4ECT160 KXT4ECT250 KXT2ECT63 KXT2ECT100 KXT2ECT160 IEC rated only. Connection kits XT2, XT4 Type 24V DC auxillary voltage kit for electronic trip units (1) External neutral connection kit (1) Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTCECAUXFP KXTCECNEFP IEC rated only. Test and configuration units (1) XT2, XT4 Ekip T&P unit 7/28 XT4 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number KXTCEDISP KXTCELED KXTCECOMFP HMI030 1SDA050708R1 IEC rated only. Type CT external neutral of 10A CT external neutral of 25A CT external neutral of 40A CT external neutral of 63A CT external neutral of 100A CT external neutral of 160A CT external neutral of 250A 7 Fixed/plug-in Catalog number Type Ekip TT - Trip test unit Ekip T&P - Programming and test unit (1) IEC rated only. SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Catalog number ZEAEKPTT EKIP Withdrawable Catalog number KXTCECAUXW KXTCECNEW Withdrawable Catalog number KXTCECOMW Automatic transfer devices ATS021-ATS022 Automatic transfer devices (1) XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 Catalog number ATS021 ATS022 ATS021 ATS022 (1) IEC rated only. Spare parts ATS021 Spare parts XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4 XT2 XT4 Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number SA RC Sel/RC Inst - opening solenoid for the residual KXT1ESARCFP current device (1) SA RC B Type - opening solenoid for the residual - current device (1) AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 250V AC (2) AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 24V DC (2) AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 250V AC 600V (2) AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 24V DC 600V (2) (1) (2) KXT2ESARCFP - KXT3ESARCFP KXT4ESARCFP KXT3ESARCFPB - KXT2ESARCW KXT4ESARCW - - KXTAAUXCFP KXTAAUXCDFP KXTCEAUXCW KXTCEAUXCDW KXTAAUXCFPHD KXTCAUXCWHD KXTAAUXCDFPHD KXTCAUXCDWHD IEC rated only. Un-numbered cables. 7 Connectors for fixed part/moving part of withdrawable circuit breakers (1) XT2, XT4 Catalog number KXTCE2PINCONSOUV KXTCE3PINCONAUX 1 connector for with 2 pins for SOR/UVR up to 400V 1 connector with 3 pins for AUX up to 400V (1) Fixed part of withdrawable IEC rated only. Flanges for the compartment door (1) XT1 Type Flange Small "optional" flange for circuit breaker Large "standard" flange for circuit breaker Flange for MOD Flange for MOE/ MOE-E/FLD Flange for direct handle RHD Flange for residual current RC Sel/ RC Inst Flange for residual current RC Sel (1) 3P Catalog number 4P Catalog number XT2 3P Catalog number XT3 4P Catalog number 3P Catalog number 3P Catalog number 4P Catalog number KXT3EFLAFP-4 KXT4EFLAFP-3 KXT4EFLAFP-4 - - KXTAEFLASMFP KXT1EFLAFP-3 KXT1EFLAFP-4 KXTBEFLAMOD - KXT2EFLAFP-3 KXT2EFLAFP-4 - - - KXT3EFLAFP-3 KXTBEFLAMOD KXTCEFLAMOEFP - - KXTCEFLAMOEFP KXTAEFLARHDFP KXT1EFLARCFP-3 KXT1EFLARCFP-4 - - - KXT2EFLARCFP-4 - - - KXT3EFLARCFP-3 KXT3EFLARCFP-4 - - - - KXT4EFLARCFP-4 IEC rated only. Flanges for the compartment door for withdrawable versions (1) XT2 Type Small "optional" flange for circuit breaker Large "standard" flange for circuit breaker Flange for MOD Flange for MOE/MOE-E/FLD Flange for direct handle RHD Flange for residual current RC Sel/RC Inst Flange for residual current RC Sel (1) XT4 4P Catalog number 3P Catalog number - - - - - XT4 4P 3P Catalog number Catalog number - - - - - - KXTCEFLAMOEW KXTCEFLARHDW - - KXT2EFLARCW-4 - 4P Catalog number - - - - KXT4EFLARCW-4 IEC rated only. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/29 Glossary Index Circuit-breaker 8/2 Performance parameters 8/4 Releases and protections 8/6 Motor protection 8/9 Communication 8/10 Standards and regulations 8/11 Symbols 8/12 ABB SACE documentation 8/13 8 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/1 Glossary Circuit breaker G1.1 Circuit-breaker Mechanical switching apparatus, able to close, carry and break currents in normal shortcircuit condition and also close, carry for a specified time and break currents in specific abnormal circuit conditions such as that verified in case of short-circuit. G1.2 Non-automatic circuit-breaker (switch-disconnector) Mechanical switching device which, in the open position, complies with the specified requirements for the isolating function. G1.3 Current-limiting circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker with a break time short enough to prevent the short-circuit current from reaching the peak value it would otherwise reach. G1.4 Rate of contact wear Percentage of contact wear. Indicatively shows the state of electrical life of the circuit-breaker contacts. G1.5 Double insulation All the circuit-breakers in the SACE Tmax XT family have double insulation between the active power parts and the front parts of the apparatus where the operator works during normal plant service, so as to prevent the risk of contact with live parts. Each electrical accessory is completely segregated from the power circuit, and particularly the control assembly, which is completely isolated from the energised circuits. Moreover, the circuit-breaker has redundant insulation between both the internal live parts and the connection terminal area. The distances between connection terminals are greater than those required by the IEC Standards and conform to those established by the American regulations (UL 489 Standard). 8 G1.6 Positive operation The operating lever always indicates the exact position of the circuit-breaker moving contacts: -- Red line (I): Closed position; - - Green line (O): Open position; - - Yellow-green line: Trip position, open following tripping by the releases or test pushbutton. The signals are precise and reliable, in compliance with the requirements established by the IEC 60073 and IEC 60417-2 Standards. When the releases trip, the moving contacts automatically open and the lever moves to the Trip position; to reclose the circuit-breaker the latter must be reset by pushing the operating lever from the trip position to the Open position. From this position is possible re-closing the circuit-breaker. The circuit-breaker operating mechanism is the free trip type and acts regardless of the pressure put on the lever or the speed of the operation. G1.7 Isolation behaviour Characteristic of a mechanical switching device which, in the open and trip position, carries out a disconnection function and provides a sufficient insulating distance (distance between contacts) to guarantee safety. G1.8 Electromagnetic compatibility In accordance with the IEC 60947-2 Standard (Annex B + Annex F, European Directive N 89/336) concerning EMC electromagnetic compatibility, the Tmax family circuit-breakers used with electronic trip units and residual current releases are guaranteed for operation in the presence of interference caused by: - - Electromagnetic equipment; -- Atmospheric disturbance (static) flowing through the electrical networks; -- Interference from radio waves; - - Electrostatic discharges. Moreover, the circuit-breakers do not generate disturbe to the other electronic devices situated in the vicinity of the installation site is generated. 8/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog G1.9 Tropicalization All the Tmax XT series circuit-breakers can be used in the most critical environmental conditions defined by the following standards: IEC 60721-2-1 (climatogram 8); - - IEC 60068-2-30; - - IEC 60068-2-2; - - IEC 60068-2-52. Tropicalization is guaranteed by: - - Moulded-case made of synthetic resins reinforced with glass fiber; - - Rust-preventive treatment on the main metal parts; - - Fe/Zn galvanisation (UNI ISO 2081), protected by a conversion layer free of hexavalent chrome (in compliance with ROHS) with the corrosion resistance guaranteed by ISO 452 class 2c; -- Application of anti-condensation protection for electronic trip units and relative accessories. G1.10 Resistance to impact and vibrations In compliance with IEC 60068-2-6 standards and with the regulations established by the most important classification bodies (RINA, Det Norske Veritas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyd's Register of Shipping, Germanischer Lloyd, ABS and the Russian Maritime Register of Shipping), all the Tmax circuit-breakers are unaffected by mechanically and electromagnetically generated vibrations. G1.11 Degree of protection (IP) The IP degree of protection indicates the level of protection of a device against contacts with live parts and penetration of foreign bodies of the liquid and solid type. 8 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/3 Glossary Performance parameters G2.1 Size Term that indicates a group of circuit-breakers with phisical dimension common to a nominal current size (same poles number). G2.2 Rated uninterrupted current (In) The rated uninterrupted current for a circuit-breaker is the current value, that the circuitbreaker can carry during uninterrupted service. G2.3 Rated service current (Ie) Current value defined by the manufacturer, which takes into account the rated service voltage at the rated frequency, the rated service, the utilization category and the type of protective casing, if any. G2.4 Rated service voltage (Ue) The rated service voltage of a device is the voltage value which, along with the rated current value, determines the use of the device itself and which the applicable tests and utilization category refer to. G2.5 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) The rated insulation voltage of a device is the voltage value to which the dielectric tests and surface insulation distances refer. In no case may the rated service voltage value exceed the rated insulation voltage. G2.6 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Peak value of an impulse voltage of given shape and polarity that the device can withstand without faults under specified test conditions and to which the insulation clearances refer. 8 G2.7 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu) The rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity of a circuit-breaker is the value of the short-circuit current the circuit-breaker is able to break twice (according to the O - t - CO cycle) at the corresponding rated operating voltage. The circuit-breaker is not required to carry its rated current after the opening and closing cycle. G2.8 Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics) The rated service short-circuit breaking capacity of a circuit-breaker is the current value the circuit-breaker is able to break three times according to a cycle of opening, pause and closing operations (O - t - CO - t - CO) at a given rated service voltage (Ue) and at a given power factor. After this cycle, the circuit-breaker must be able to carry its rated current. G2.9 Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) The rated short-time withstand current is the current value the circuit-breaker can carry in the closed position for a short time under specified conditions of service and behaviour. The circuit-breaker must be able to carry this current for as long as the established delay time lasts so as to guarantee selectivity among circuit-breakers installed in series. G2.10 Rated short-circuit making capacity (Icm) The rated short-circuit making capacity of a device is the value, declared by the manufacturer, that coincides with the rated service voltage, the rated frequency and with a specified alternating current power factor or direct current time constant. It is expressed as the maximum peak value of the prospective current under specified conditions. G2.11 Utilization category of circuit-breakers The utilization category of a circuit-breaker must be established according to whether it is specifically designed to achieve selectivity by means of an intentional delay or not, in relation to other devices installed in series on the load side, under short-circuit conditions. It's possible to distinguish two user classes: Class A - Circuit-breakers not specifically designed for selectivity under short-circuit conditions in relation to other protection devices installed in series on the load side, i.e. without intentional delay, applicable in short-circuit conditions and, therefore, without specification of the short-time withstand current. 8/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Class B - Circuit-breakers specifically designed for selectivity under short-circuit conditions in relation to other protection devices installed in series on the load side, i.e. with an intentional delay (which can be adjusted), applicable under short-circuit conditions. The shorttime withstand current is specified for these circuit-breakers (Icw). A circuit-breaker belongs to category B if its Icw value exceeds: - - Between 12In and 5kA, whichever is higher, for In<2500A; - - 30kA for In>2500A. G2.12 Utilization category of non-automatic circuit-breakers The utilization category of non-automatic circuit-breakers establishes the type of condition of use. It is identified by two letters, which indicate the type of circuit in which the device may be installed (AC for alternating current and DC for direct current), a two-digit number for the type of load that can be controlled and an additional letter (A or B), which indicates the operating frequency. With reference to the utilization categories, the product Standard establishes the current values the switch-disconnector must be able to break and interrupt under abnormal conditions. The utilization categories of non-automatic circuit-breakers are listed in the table below: Nature of the current Alternating current Direct current Utilization categories Utilization category Frequent Infrequent operation operation AC-20A AC-20B AC-21A AC-21B AC-22A AC-22B AC-23A AC-23B DC-20A DC-20B Typical applications DC-21A DC-21B DC-22A DC-23A DC-22B DC-23B Operation of resistive loads including moderate overloads Mixed resistive and inductive load operation including a moderate overload (e.g. motors with shunt) Operation of highly inductive loads Connection and disconnection under no-load conditions Connection and disconnection under no-load conditions Resistive load operation including moderate overloads Mixed resistive and inductive load operation including moderate overloads 8 Operation of motors or other highly inductive loads G2.13 Electrical life The electrical life of a device indicates the number of on-load operating cycles and the resist ance of the contacts to electrical wear under the conditions specified in the relative product Standard. G2.14 Mechanical life The mechanical life of a device indicates the number of no-load operating cycles (each operating cycle consists of a closing and opening operation) the device is able to carry out without overhauls or replacement of mechanical parts (routine maintenance is allowed). G2.15 Dissipated power This is the loss, caused by the joule effect, due to the electrical resistance of the circuit breaker poles; the energy lost is dissipated in heat. G2.16 Utilization categories for operating parts The utilization categories given in the table are considered to be standard (CEI EN 60947-5-1). Type of current AC DC Class Typical applications AC-12 AC-13 AC-14 AC-15 DC-12 Control Control Control Control DC-13 DC-14 of of of of resistive loads and electronic loads with insulation obtained by use of optoinsulators electronic loads with insulation transformer small electromagnetic loads (<72VA) electromagnetic loads (>72VA) Control of resistive loads and electronic loads with insulation obtained by use of optoinsulators Control of electromagnets Control of electromagnetic loads with economiser resistors in the circuit US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/5 Glossary Releases and protections G3.1 Release Device, mechanically connected to a mechanical operating device, which frees the latching components and allows the operating device to be opened or closed. G3.2 Thermal magnetic trip unit Thermal magnetic trip units use a bimetal and an electromagnet to detect respectively overloads and short-circuits. They are suitable for protecting both alternating and direct current networks. G3.3 Magnetic only trip unit Device for protection against short-circuits which provides a higher magnetic trip threshold than the one available with a thermal magnetic circuit-breaker. The magnetic only release is better able to deal with any problems concerning the particularly high current the motor absorbs during the first instants of its starting phase. G3.4 Electronic trip unit Releases connected to current transformers (three or four, depending on the number of conductors to be protected) which, installed inside the circuit-breaker, provide the double function of supplying the power able to operate the release correctly (selfsupply) and detecting the value of the current that passes through the live conductors. They are therefore only compatible with alternating current networks. The signal from the transformers is processed by the electronic part (microprocessor), which compares it with the threshold settings. When the signal exceeds the thresholds, circuitbreaker release is controlled by means of an opening solenoid, which acts directly on the circuit-breaker control unit. If there is an auxiliary power supply in addition to self-supply, the voltage value must be 24V DC 20%. 8 G3.5 Residual current release Device able to detect the earth fault current by means of a toroidal transformer which includes all the live conductors, as well as the neutral if distributed. Residual current releases can be used in conjunction with the circuit-breaker to obtain two main functions in one single device: -- Protection against overloads and short-circuits; - - Protection against indirect contacts (voltage on conductive parts owing to loss of insulation). G3.6 Magnetic protection Protection against short-circuits with instantaneous trip. G3.7 Thermal protection Protection against overloads with inverse long-time delayed trip. G3.8 Protection against Overloads (L) Protection against overloads with long inverse time delay trip even with the trip curve established by the IEC 60255-3 Standard. Used in coordination with fuses and medium voltage protections. G3.9 Protection against instantaneous short-circuit (I) Provides instantaneous protection against short-circuits. G3.10 Protection against delayed short-circuit (S) Provides protection against short-circuit currents with delayed intervention at fixed time or inverse short time. Thanks to the delay setting, this device is particularly suitable when selective coordination must be achieved among the various different devices. G3.11 Protection against earth faults (G) Protection against earth faults with delayed fixed time of trip. G3.12 Residual current protection (In) This function is particularly suitable when residual current protection is required for protection against indirect contacts. 8/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog G3.13 Protection of the neutral Detection of overcurrents in the neutral conductor so as to break the phase conductors (neutral protected but not isolated) or to break the neutral conductor itself (neutral protected and isolated). G3.14 Distribution systems The distribution system establishes the status of the neutral in the power supply system and the method for connecting the conductive part towards earth. The Italian standard, CEI 64-8/3 (which is aligned with the IEC 60364-3 international Standard), classifies electrical systems with a combination of two letters. The first indicates the situation of the power supply system towards earth: - - T direct earth connection of an alternating current point, generally the neutral; - - I earth insulation, or earth connection of a point, generally the neutral, by means of an impedance. The second letter gives the situation of the conductive parts of the electrical installation in relation to the earth: - - T conductive parts directly earthed; - - N conductive parts connected to the earthing point of the power supply system. Other letters may follow which indicate the arrangement of the neutral and protection conductors: - - S neutral and protection functions carried out by separate conductors; - - C neutral and protection functions carried out by a single conductor (PEN conductor). The main distribution systems used are illustrated below with reference to these definitions. G3.15 TT system In the TT system, the neutral and conductive parts are connected to two electrically independent earthing systems. 8 L1 L2 L3 N RB RB G3.16 TN system In the TN system, the neutral is connected directly to the earth, while the conductive parts are connected to the same earthing system as the neutral. The TN system is divided into three different types, depending on whether the neutral and protection conductors are separate or not: 1. TN-S: the neutral conductor N and the protection conductor PE are separate L1 L2 L3 N PE US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/7 Glossary Releases and protections 2. TN-C: the neutral and protection functions are combined in a single conductor called PEN L1 L2 L3 PEN 3. TN-C-S: the neutral and protection functions are partly combined in a single conductor called PEN and partly separate PE+N L1 L2 L3 N PE PEN TN-C 8 TN-S Consult QT3: "Distribution systems and protection against indirect contacts and earth faults" for further details. G3.17 IT system IT system have no active parts directly earthed, but may have live parts connected to earth through high value impedance. All the exposed-conductive-parts, separately or in group, are connected to an independent earth electrode. L1 L2 L3 Rt 8/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Glossary Motor protection G4.1 Protection against phase unbalance and phase loss (U) Protection function which acts if unbalance between the current values of the individual phases protected by the circuit-breaker is detected (according to IEC 60947 annex T). G4.2 Rotor lock protection (R) The function protects motor from possible damages caused by rotor stopping during functioning. G4.3 Starting current Is the current value which, in accordance with the CEI EN 60947-4-1 Standard, is assigned a value of about 7.2xIe. It represents the current required by the motor during the starting phase, and which persists throughout the starting time. G4.4 Starting time This is the time the motor takes to reach its rated running speed. The starting time depends on the characteristics of the load the motor must drive, and particularly on the type of motor. G4.5 Operating class The starting classes distinguish the thermal relays according to their trip curves. The following table (which refers to the most common applications) lists the classes defined in the IEC60947-4-1 Standard. Operating class 2 3 5 10A 10 20 30 40 Trip time Ti [s] for 7.2xIr - - 0.5 < Ti < 5 2 < Ti < 10 4 < Ti < 10 6 < Ti < 20 < Ti < 30 - Trip time Ti [s] for 7.2xIr (banda "E") Ti < 2 2 < Ti < 3 3 < Ti < 5 - 5 < Ti < 10 10 < Ti < 20 20 < Ti < 30 30 < Ti < 40 8 Time Ti is the cold trip time of the thermal relay at 7.2 times the set current value. It is common practice to associate class 10 with the normal starting type and class 30 with the heavy-duty starting type. The other trip classes and trip time indicated under band "E", have recently been introduced in a variant to the CEI EN 60947-4-1 Standard, and are characterised by a more restricted trip range due to raising the minimum non-trip time. (*) The load characteristics which the motor must carry, the type of motor and the starting methods, are factors which affect the starting time and therefore selection of the thermal trip unit. G4.6 Contactor Mechanical operating device with a single stand-by position and non-manual operation able to make, carry and break currents under normal circuit conditions, including overload operating conditions. G4.7 Utilization category of the contactor The Standard establishes different utilization categories for the contactor. Each category defines precise minimum performance values (e.g. application range or rated breaking capacity) according to current, voltage, power factor or time constant values and test conditions specified in the Standard. G4.8 PTC Thermostatic probe able to measure the internal temperature of an electric motor. Consult QT7: The asynchronous three-phase motor, general information and ABB offer for coordinating the protections" for further details. US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/9 Glossary Communication G5.1 Communication protocol Specification of standardized dialogue among several digital devices which exchange data. It is an operating mode based on the structure or length of binary words that must be common to all the elements that exchange data. Communication without dialogue protocol is not possible. G5.2 Modbus RS485 This is a basic communication protocol, one of the most widespread standards in industrial automation and power distribution spheres. G5.3 Network A network generically consists of nodes interconnected with communication lines: -- The node (an "intelligent" device able to dialogue with other devices) is the data transmission and/or reception point. - - The communication line is the element that connects two nodes and represents the direct path the information takes in order to be transferred between two nodes. In practice, it is the physical means (coaxial cable, twisted telephone cable, optic fibre, infrared rays) along which the information and data travel. G5.4 Bus network The bus network structure is based on a common transmitting means (usually a twisted cable or coaxial cable) for all the nodes connected, therefore in parallel. 8 Consult QT9: "Communication with ABB circuit breakers via Bus" for further details. 8/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog Glossary Standards and regulations G6.1 Standards Technical specification approved by a recognised organisation with the task of defining the state-of-the-art characteristics (dimensional, environmental, safety, etc.) of a product or service. G6.2 Directive Ensemble of rules which define the essential requirements regarding safety which the products must comply with in order to guarantee user safety. G6.3 Naval Register A Body able to certify a product/service as conforming to the regulations/criteria fixed internationally by the International Maritime Organization. The certification issued confirms that a ship is authorised to carry out the activity it was designed for. G6.4 RoHS Directive European Directive 2002/95/EC of 27 January 2003 (Decree Law 25 N 151 of July 2005) aimed at eliminating or reducing the use of dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. It requires manufacturers and companies to adapt to the relative provisions and to compile a manufacturer's declaration, without certification by third parties. G6.5 CE marking This is a mark that must be affixed to certain types of product by the manufacturer in order to self-certify correspondence (or conformity) with the essential requirements for marketing and use of that product in the European Union. The law requires this mark to be affixed on the product so that it can be marketed in the European Economic Area (EEA) member states. 8 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/11 Symbols 8 Symbol Description CB Circuit-breaker PF Fixed part PM Mobile part F Version Circuit-breaker in fixed version P Version Circuit-breaker in plug-in version W Version Circuit-breaker in withdrawable version F Front terminals EF Front extended terminals ES Front extended spread terminals FCCuAl Terminal for copper/aluminium cables FCCu Terminal for copper cables R Rear terminals HR/VR Rear flat vertical/horizontal terminals FB Terminals for flexible busbars MC Multi-cable terminal HTC High terminal covers LTC Low terminal covers PS Phase separators RHD Direct rotary handle RHE Transmitted rotary handle RHE-LH Transmitted rotary handle with wide handgrip RHS Lateral rotary handle FLD Front for locks PLL Padlock device KLC Key lock SOR or YO Shunt opening release PS-SOR or YO Permanent shunt opening release UVR or YU Undervoltage release UVD Time-delay device for undervoltage release AUX Q Auxiliary contact in open/closed position AUX SY Auxiliary contact tripped AUX S51 Release tripped auxiliary contact SA Opening solenoid of residual current device AUP-I Plugged-in auxiliary position contacts AUP-E Withdrawn auxiliary position contacts AUE Early auxiliary contacts on the handle MOD Direct action motor operator MOE Stored energy motor operator MOE-E Electronic motor operator NE External neutral RHX All the handles (RHD, RHE, RHE-UI, RHS) 3Q sx Left open/closed auxiliary contacts 24V 24V auxiliary voltage AUE inside Early auxiliary contacts inside the circuit-breaker 8/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog ABB SACE documentation The technical documentation is available on-line on BOL web site http://bol.it.abb.com in "Work tools - Technical guides" section: - - Technical Application Paper, volume 1 "Low voltage selectivity with ABB circuit-breakers" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 2 "MV/LV transformer substations: theory and example of short-circuit calculation" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 3 "Distribution system and protection against indirect contact and earth fault" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 4 "ABB circuit-breakers inside LV switchboards" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 5 "ABB circuit-breakers for direct current applications" -- Technical Application Paper, volume 6 "Arc-proof low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 7 "Three-phase asynchronous motors. Generalities and ABB proposals for the coordination of protective devices" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 8 " Power factor correction and harmonic filtering in electrical plants" - - Technical Application Paper, volume 9 "Bus communication with ABB circuit-breakers" 8 US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/13 ABB Electrification Products 8155 T&B Boulevard Memphis, TN 38125 www.abb.us/lowvoltage Customer Service: 800-816-7809 7:00 a.m. - 5:30 p.m., CST, Monday-Friday elec_custserv@tnb.com Technical Support: 888-385-1221, Option 1 7:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., CST, Monday-Friday lvps.support@us.abb.com We reserve the right to make technical changes or modify the contents of this document without prior notice. With regard to purchase orders and/or contracts, the agreed particulars shall prevail. ABB does not accept any responsibility whatsoever for potential errors or possible lack of information in this document. We reserve all rights in this document and in the subject matter and illustrations contained therein. Any reproduction, disclosure to third parties or utilization of its contents - in whole or in parts - is forbidden without prior written consent of ABB. (c) Copyright 2016 ABB. All Rights Reserved. 1SXU200095C0201, December 2016 Contact us